Art Culture Introducing To Indian Art Part 2

Knowledge Traditions

and Practices of India

Part I
TEXTBOOK FOR CLASS XI

2022-23
Prelims.indd 1 15-10-2020 12:17:01

ISBN 978-93-5292-345-8
First Edition
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
October 2020 Ashwina 1942
 No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a
retrieval system or transmitted, in any form or by any means,
electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise
without the prior permission of the publisher.
 This book is sold subject to the condition that it shall not, by
PD 2T BS way of trade, be lent, re-sold, hired out or otherwise disposed
of without the publisher’s consent, in any form of binding or
cover other than that in which it is published.
© National Council of  The correct price of this publication is the price printed on
Educational Research and this page, Any revised price indicated by a rubber stamp or
Training, 2020 by a sticker or by any other means is incorrect and should
be unacceptable.
OFFICES OF THE PUBLICATION

DIVISION, NCERT
NCERT Campus
Sri Aurobindo Marg
New Delhi 110 016 Phone : 011-26562708
108, 100 Feet Road
Hosdakere Halli Extension
Banashankari III Stage
Bengaluru 560 085 Phone : 080-26725740
Navjivan Trust Building
P.O.Navjivan
Ahmedabad 380 014 Phone : 079-27541446
CWC Campus
` 220.00 Opp. Dhankal Bus Stop
Panihati
Kolkata 700 114 Phone : 033-25530454
CWC Complex
Maligaon
Guwahati 781 021 Phone : 0361-2674869
Publication Team
Head, Publication : Anup Kumar Rajput
Division
Chief Editor : Shveta Uppal
Chief Production : Arun Chitkara
Printed on 80 GSM paper Officer
Published at the Publication Division Chief Business : Vipin Dewan

by the Secretary, National Council Manager (Incharge)
of Educational Research and Editor : Bijnan Sutar
Training, Sri Aurobindo Marg, Assistant Production : Jahan Lal
New Delhi 110 016 and printed Officer
at Pushpak Press Private Limited,
B-3/1, Okhla Industrial Area, Cover and Layout
Phase-II, New Delhi - 110 020 DTP Cell, PD
2022-23
Prelims.indd 2 16-10-2020 16:04:23

FOREWORD
India is a culturally rich country and known for its civilisation and cultural
diversity all over the world. This diversity is reflected in the philosophies,
customs, literatures, art forms, crafts and health related practices all over
India. In India, people’s beliefs, ways of life and their understanding of social
relationships are quite distinct from one another. Yet they all have equal rights
to coexist and flourish, and the education system is expected to respond to the
cultural pluralism inherent in our society.
The National Curriculum Framework-2005 brought out by the NCERT
emphasises upon strengthening of our cultural heritage and national identity.
It clearly states that the curriculum should enable the younger generation
to reinterpret and reevaluate the past with reference to new priorities and
emerging outlooks of a changing societal context. Understanding human
evolution should make it clear that the existence of distinctness in our country
is a tribute to the special spirit of our country, which allowed it to flourish.
The cultural diversity of this land should continue to be treasured as our
special attribute.
In consonance with this perspective of NCF-2005, the NCERT has
provided ample space to cultural and knowledge practices of our country in
an integrated manner across textbooks of different subject areas and classes.
However, while reviewing its textbooks in 2017–18 as per the suggestions
received from the teachers through online mode, we at NCERT, felt that there
is a huge expectation of stakeholders from the NCERT for providing more and
more space to the Indian culture and practices for students at the higher
stages of school education. This expectation led NCERT to explore a new
subject area for Knowledge, Traditions and Practices of India for developing its
curricular material. I must acknowledge the vision and continuous guidance
of our then Hon’ble Human Resource Development Minister and President,
NCERT, Shri Prakash Javadekar, because of him, NCERT could develop this
learner-friendly material based on scientific evidences.
It is necessary to mention here, this subject has already been
introduced by the Central Board of Secondary Education in 2012 at the
Higher Secondary Stage as an elective subject. To avoid any confusion among
students regarding the very title of the subject, NCERT has initiated the
process of development of textbooks for Higher Secondary Stage with the title
‘Knowledge, Traditions and Practices of India’.
This textbook for Class XI contains nine chapters on nine different
knowledge traditions and practices — Literature, Crafts, Mathematics,
Metallurgy, Ayurveda, Yoga, Philosophy, Astronomy and Performing Arts with
a brief introduction of all of these aspects.
The textbook has been developed keeping all the five guiding principles of
the NCF-2005 in view. It provides space for students to share their experiences,
critical thinking, reflection and decision-making. It has inbuilt evaluation
exercises and it presents content in a manner which creates curiosity and
interest among children and encourage understanding within their own
context, rather than focusing on rote methods.
2022-23
Prelims.indd 3 15-10-2020 12:17:01

This textbook is a result of team work of the faculty members of the NCERT,
who have worked very hard to use authentic sources for the writing of this
textbook under the able guidance of the Review Committee set up to review
the textbooks developed by the NCERT. This textbook has also gone through
a massive review by the experts in the specific knowledge areas from various
other institutions and took the present shape. I acknowledge the support of all
who have contributed towards the development of this textbook.
NCERT would welcome suggestions from students, teachers and parents,
which will help us to further improve the quality of the material in subsequent
editions.
HRUSHIKESH SENAPATY
Director
New Delhi National Council of Educational
September, 2019 Research and Training
iv
2022-23
Prelims.indd 4 15-10-2020 12:17:01

AN INTRODUCTION TO KNOWLEDGE
TRADITIONS AND PRACTICES OF INDIA
India has a rich variegated history and an extraordinarily complex cultural

diversity. If we look closely at our multiple cultures spread across the different
regions of the country, we feel proud of the rich repository of our ancient
systems of knowledge and traditions in different and diverse fields. This adds
to our rich cultural heritage that has translated into practices for survival,
sustenance and for leading a healthy and purposeful life. The knowledge and
traditions have been handed down to us mainly in the form of oral traditions,
textual materials, inscriptions, numismatics, tangible and intangible forms of
art and architecture.
Ancient systems of knowledge in India, basically consist of understanding
the mysteries of the universe, human interactions with environment,
philosophy of life, importance of conservation and preservation of
environment, development of art and aesthetic sensitivities and inculcation
of just and humane qualities among all. The glimpses of our past have been
woven in fields like — philosophy, grammar, literature, economy, agriculture,
polity, medicine, yoga, astronomy, astrology, life-sciences, arts and crafts,
architecture, metallurgy, mining, gemology, shipbuilding, trade, commerce
and many other fields.
In order to provide scope to young learners to reflect upon the rich
cultural past of our country, and to link with present cultural practices,
a 2-year course on Knowledge, Traditions and Practices has been created.
The course is presented in two parts. This textbook is the first part of the
course, which acquaints the young learners with the contribution made by
India to the knowledge system of the entire world creating landmarks in the
area of Mathematics, Astronomy, Metallurgy, Philosophy, Ayurveda, Arts,
Yoga, and Language Education. The textbook part II for Class XII students
will elaborate more upon arts and crafts of India, language and grammar and
will also focus on India’s contributions in fields like agriculture, architecture,
dance, education system and practices, ethics, martial arts and traditions,
technologies, society, state and polity, and commerce. These textbooks will be
helpful in developing pride and sense of appreciation for India’s culture and
heritage, while getting acquainted with the indigenous knowledge.
A brief summary of various chapters covered in this textbook is given here
to summarise how various knowledge, traditions and practices evolved in
India and how they are being passed from generation to generation.
Language is one of the most beautiful and intriguing phenomenon in the
world. Languages represent multitude of people and their lived experiences.
This diversity is an outcome of many factors that shape life on the subcontinent.
Its territorial space is marked by mountains, river basins, coastlines, dense
forests and deserts. This wide topographical range harbours a variety of
environmental conditions which influence the language and cultures of people
living in these regions. Thus, India houses maximum number of written and
orally alive languages in the world. It is home to five major language families.
These language families are: Indo-Aryan, Dravidian, Austro-Asiatic, Tibeto-
Burmese and Semito-Hamitic. Sanskrit language belongs to Indo-European
2022-23
Prelims.indd 5 15-10-2020 12:17:01

group of languages and was gradually standardised and given a highly
scientific grammar by Panini, the great grammarian, in about fifth century
B.C. Around that time, the people spoke a number of dialects which are called
Prakrits. Gautam Buddha also preached in the language of the people, i.e.,
Pali, one of the Prakrits. The spoken languages of ancient India formed the
basis of modern Indian language developed in various regions of India during
the medieval period. Language manifests in literature aesthetically taking
care of knowledge, traditions and practices. The history of Indian literatures
is ancient and vast. It has been an instrument of education since antiquity.
Shruti and Smriti literature, Sutra literature, Jataka tales, Panchtantras,
Kathasaritsagara, Thirukural, Athichudi and Vachanas are examples of
traditions of literature which have enriched human life encouraging them to
follow human values, and living in harmony with nature. Language diversity,
as a strong resource, has been contributing to formal and informal education in
India since ancient time. Language as a medium of education has contributed
for the transmitting of knowledge to other generations. The formal education
structures that transmitted traditional knowledge were the Pathshalas for
primary education and Tols and Chatuspathis for Higher education. The
medium of education was Sanskrit in higher centers of learning. The Tols were
cosmopolitan in nature and welcomed scholars and teachers from different
parts of the country. These centers were mainly located in important towns
and villages. The students were given education in Vyakarana (grammar),
Sahitya (literature), Jyotisha (astrology), Ganita (mathematics), Smriti (law)
and Ayurveda (medicine).
Human being from time immemorial has been thinking about the nature,
its veracity, its source and destination. This tendency of enquiry backed with
logic takes us to a systematic study which is called philosophy, literally means
‘love of wisdom’. Indian culture is an amalgamation of different philosophical
and religious sects. Following different faiths, the Indians have been living
together with peace and harmony for around three thousand years since there
is an inherent harmony among most of the schools of Indian philosophy.
Indian Philosophical thoughts have been traced in perhaps the earliest
available literature of the world, i.e., the Ṛgveda. It has primarily two sects
known as Āstika and Nāstika, i.e., believer and non-believer of the Vedas
respectively. Sāṅkhya, Yoga, Nyāya, Vaiśeṣika, Mīmāmsā and Vedānta come
under the first category since the views of these schools get authenticated by
the verbal testimony of the Vedas. Cārvāka, Buddha and Jaina are the main
three proponents of Indian philosophical schools that do not accept Vedic
verbal testimony.
There can be no doubt about the fact that the art forms, be it Performing or
Visual reflect the thinking process of the society which comprises its people,
their habitat, ethos, emotions, the uniqueness of communities, immediate
surrounding or environment and the effects of the historical background. It is
evident, all art forms are refined expression of its people. Research studies on
the lives of people before the Christain Era (BCE) during the ancient Mohenjo–
Daro and Harappan Civilisation, have evidence depicting the different types of
arts practiced in varied forms and styles. As human beings started exploring
life each day, it gave way to creative expressions in daily lives. They danced,
sang, enacted stories related to life, painted pictures to celebrate victories or
occasions like birth, marriages, etc., created many types of utensils to store
food, clothes to cover the body, shelter to live, decorative items to beautify
vi
2022-23
Prelims.indd 6 15-10-2020 12:17:01

lifestyle, etc. To fulfill the basic needs and desires, all tangible and intangible
expressions have been refined with the passage of time. These were the
expressions that gave birth to varied artistic traditions.
Indian art and architecture is a confluence of different knowledge evolved
over the last several thousand years — of mathematics and sciences, technology
and philosophy of aesthetics, which also reflects the society, economics and
political conditions and architectural designs and motifs of people through
ages. Art and architecture are tangible forms of creativity by human race
reflected through various paintings, sculptures, monuments and varieties of
buildings.
Astronomy is an ancient science, dating back, perhaps to the time when
humans came out of caves to live in the open and felt a sense of wonder
and awe as they looked at the sky and observed celestial phenomena like
the phases of moon, eclipses and appearance of different stars in the sky.
In the absence of real understanding, humans wrapped these phenomena
in mystery and incorporated them in their myths and religions. India, being
a very old civilisation, had a strong tradition of astronomy. Vedas and other
religious texts speculated upon many important questions of astronomy and
cosmology. These included questions related to the origin of the universe,
though the discussion was couched in philosophical terms. At the same
time there was a lot of activity in practical astronomy which people needed
to conduct in their lives in an orderly fashion. For example, people needed
to know when rains would come, and they could sow their crops. They also
needed to know when they could celebrate marriages, and other ceremonies
and festivals. Besides, phenomena like the eclipses and appearance of comets
and shooting stars in the sky were believed to bring misfortune to rulers and
destruction from wars, natural disasters like floods and earthquakes. Many
kings had, in fact, appointed astronomers to keep an eye on the sky and
report to them the occurrence of any such astronomical events. Moreover,
most people believed in astrology which held that the motion of heavenly
bodies and the occurrence of natural phenomena had profound influence on
their destiny. So, it was necessary to follow the motion of heavenly bodies and
to track events like eclipses.
Thus, the main preoccupations of the astronomers was — (a) devising
calendars and reliable time-keeping devices for measuring time;
(b) predicting the time of occurrence and duration of astronomical events
such as eclipses; (c) noting the time of appearance of certain stars in the sky,
and (d) observing the Sun, moon and planets. It is important to note that all
these activities required reliable estimates of the distances of the Sun, moon
and other astronomical objects, as well as the ability to undertake tedious
mathematical calculations. Many important contributions were made in these
fields for which due credit has perhaps not been given to Indian astronomers
by the Western historians of science.
A look at the works done in mathematics by Indians in the ancient period
makes one wonder about these achievements. The discoveries at Mohenjo-
Daro reveal that as early as 3,000 B.C., the inhabitants of the land of the
Sindhu lived a highly organised life. In fact, they were far advanced than other
people of that period. The Brahmana literature (2,000 B.C.), which follows the
Vedas, is partly ritualistic and partly philosophical. We can find in these works,
the origins of most of the sciences and arts which have helped to make up the
modern civilisation. The culture of the science of mathematics or of any other
vii
2022-23
Prelims.indd 7 15-10-2020 12:17:01

branch of secular knowledge, was not considered to be a hindrance to spiritual
knowledge. Importance to the culture of Gaṇita (mathematics) is also given by
the Jainas. Their religious literature includes gaṇita anuyoga (the exposition
of the principles of mathematics). The knowledge of Saṁkhyāna (literally, ‘the
science of numbers,’ meaning arithmetic and astronomy) is stated to be one of
the principal accomplishments of the Jaina priest. In Buddhist literature too,
arithmetic (gaṇana saṁkhyāna) is regarded as the first and the noblest of the
arts. All these will give a fair idea of the importance and value set upon the
culture of gaṇita in ancient India.
India’s contribution to the world of science is not only the discovery of
‘zero’ and the decimal system, but also the science of Ayurveda, a truly holistic
health system encompassing all the aspects of well-being — from physical,
physiological and psychological to environmental and ecological health. Literally
meaning ‘science of life’, Ayurveda is a vast treasure house of interesting and
contemporarily relevant scientific concepts dealing with health and disease. It
is a science which helps optimise one’s health enabling a healthy, productive,
happy and satisfactory lifespan. While Ayurveda emphasises greatly on
preventive and promotive health, its comprehensive approach to treatment is
in tune with the increasing interest in systemic approach to disease in modern
medicine. Codified ayurveda would be atleast 4000 years old or 1500 years
prior to Hippocrates, the father of Western medicine. Ayurveda has its roots in
the vedas, considered the oldest written-down literature in the world and from
which many theories and philosophies have sprung. The systematised science
of Ayurveda has resulted from the amalgamation and practical application of
these various concepts and doctrines.
Further, India had its own alchemical traditions. This included the
knowledge of chemical processes and techniques. Archaeological findings
of Harappa and Saraswati sites provide ample proof in favour of advanced
knowledge in the field of agriculture, irrigation, architecture, production of
metals and their use and trade. The hymns of Yajurveda and Ṛgveda are
unsurpassable proof of the antiquity of India’s progress in science. These
Vedas mention the extraction and processing of metals such as gold, silver,
copper, tin, lead, iron and their alloys.
In ancient India, chemistry had various names, i.e., Rasāyana Śāstra,
Rasatantra, Rasakriyā or Rasavidyā. It included metallurgy, medicine,
manufacture of cosmetics, glass, dyes, inks etc. Ancient Indians applied that
knowledge of chemistry in various walks of life.
Originated in India, Yoga is a science of spiritual evolution. It has now
gained its popularity in the west and practice of Yoga is well accepted by
the world at large. It encompasses the different fields of our existence such
as physical, psychological, social and spiritual. Yoga is understood as
Anuśāsana (discipline), and it brings discipline in the health habits of human
beings by practicing it regularly and following its rules.
After going through this textbook, the students will be able to recognise
and retrieve information on knowledge traditions and practices of India from
various primary and secondary sources. They will also be able to compare
and analyse the developments taking place in India and different parts of
the world, create projects, audio-video materials and other resources, and
appreciate our contributions.
viii
2022-23
Prelims.indd 8 15-10-2020 12:17:01

TEXTBOOK DEVELOPMENT TEAM
CHAIRPERSON
Hrushikesh Senapaty, Professor and Director, NCERT
MEMBERS
A.K. Wazalwar, Professor, Department of Education in Science and
Mathematics, NCERT
Alka Mehrotra, Professor, Department of Education in Science and
Mathematics, NCERT
Anjni Koul, Professor, Department of Education in Science and
Mathematics, NCERT
B.P. Bhardwaj, Professor, Department of Teacher Education, NCERT
Dinesh Kumar, Professor, Department of Education in Science and
Mathematics, NCERT
Gagan Gupta, Associate Professor, Department of Education in Science and
Mathematics, NCERT
Gouri Srivastava, Professor, Department of Education in Social Sciences,
NCERT.
Jatindra Mohan Mishra, Professor, Department of Education in Languages,
NCERT
Jyotsna Tiwari, Professor, Department of Education in Arts and Aesthetics,
NCERT
Meenakshi Khar, Associate Professor, Department of Education in Language,
NCERT
Pawan Sudhir, Head, Department of Education in Arts and Aesthetics, NCERT
Pushp Lata Verma, Associate Professor, Department of Education in Science
and Mathematics, NCERT
R.K. Parashar, Professor, Department of Education in Science and
Mathematics, NCERT
R. Meganathan, Professor, Department of Education in Languages, NCERT
Sandhya Singh, Professor, Department of Education in Languages, NCERT
Saroj Yadav, Professor and Dean (A), Department of Education in Social
Sciences, NCERT
Sharbari Banerjee, Associate Professor, Department of Education in Arts and
Aesthetics, NCERT
Sunita Farkya, Professor, Department of Education in Science and
Mathematics, NCERT
T.P. Sarma, Professor, Department of Education in Science and
Mathematics, NCERT
MEMBER-COORDINATOR
Ranjana Arora, Professor, Department of Curriculum Studies, NCERT
2022-23
Prelims.indd 9 15-10-2020 12:17:01

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The National Council of Educational Research and Training is grateful to Kapil

Kapoor, Professor of English and Chancellor, International Hindi University,
Vardha, Gujarat; Jagbir Singh, Professor and Former Head, Department
of Punjabi, Delhi University, New Delhi and Chand Kiran Saluja, Director,
Sanskrit Samwardhan Pratishthanam, New Delhi, for their suggestions and
feedback on the manuscript of this textbook, which helped the authors to
improve the content of their chapters.
The Council acknowledges the support and contribution of Pankaj Kumar
Mishra, Associate Professor, St. Stephen’s College, New Delhi; Anamika,
Associate Professor, Department of English, Satyawati College, New Delhi;
Ashish Kumar Ghosh, Theatre Expert, New Delhi; Madhu Bala Saxena,
Retd. Professor, Faculty of Music and Fine Arts, Delhi University, New Delhi;
Ramesh C. Bhardwaj, Professor, Department of Sanskrit Delhi University, New
Delhi; I.V. Basavaraddi, Director, NDNIY, Ministry of AYUSH, Government of
India, New Delhi; Virendra Kumar, Retd. Lecturer in Maths, M.L. Inter College,
Hathras; Rajesh Kumar Thakur, TGT (Maths) Government Boys Sr. Secondary
School, New Delhi; M. Jaya Krishnan, Professor, Department of Education,
Shri Lal Bahadur Rashtriya Sanskrit Vidyapeeth, New Delhi; Satyamurti,
Professor, School of Sanskrit and Indic Studies, Jawaharlal Nehru University,
New Delhi; Om Nath Bimali, Associate Professor, Delhi University, New
Delhi; V.B. Bhatia, Retd. Professor, Delhi University, New Delhi; R. Joshi,
Retd. Professor, NCERT; Alka Tyagi, Satyawati College, Delhi University;
Ananya Pathak, Freelancer and Journalist, Delhi; Vikash Sharma, Freelancer
and Journalist, Delhi; Ishwar V. Basavareddy, Director, MDNIY, New Delhi;
Rabindra Mohan Acharya, Deputy Director, Adm. SYASA, Bangaluru; C.G.
Shinde, Kaivalyadhama, S.M.Y.M. Samiti, Launavala, Pune; Sanjib Kumar
Patra, Associate Professor, S-VYASA, Bangaluru, for the vetting and editing of
the content of the chapters in this textbook.
The Council also acknowledges the guidance and feedback of the Review
Committee consisting of Anjum Sibia, Professor, A.K. Srivastava, Professor,
Saroj Yadav, Chairperson, Gauri Srivastava, Professor, Dinesh Kumar,
Professor, Ranjana Arora, Professor and Sandhya Singh, Professor, NCERT, in
the review of this textbook.
The Council also acknowledges the support of Rama Jaysundar, Professor,
Department of NMR, AIIMS, New Delhi; Sathya N. Dornala, Panchakarma
Specialist, Swami Vivekananda Ayurvedic Panchakarma Hospital, New Delhi
and Reena Arora, Ayurvedic Doctor, New Delhi.
Thanks are also due to Madhuree M. Shahane, Pune, Member, Executive
Committee, NCERT, for her feedback on the manuscript of the textbook.
The efforts of Girish Goyal, DTP Operator (Contractual), DCS,
Hari Darshan Lodhi and Nitin Kumar Gupta, DTP Operators (Contractual),
Publication Division, NCERT, are to be highly acknowledged for layout and
design. The Council also acknowledges the efforts of Chanchal Chauhan,
Proofreader (Contractual), C. Thangminlal Doungel, Editorial Assistant
(Contractual) and Aishwarya Bhattacharya, Assistant Editor (Contractual),
Publication Division, NCERT, for proofreading and copyediting the manuscript.
2022-23
Prelims.indd 10 15-10-2020 12:17:01

ROMANISATION OF INDIAN SOUNDS
(Diacritical Marks)
-
Devanāgari Roman Example
अ a असत्‍य asatya
आ(ा) ā आकाश ākāśa
इ(ि) i इच्‍ा icchā
ई(ी) i ईश्‍वर isvara
उ ( ु) u उन्‍निि unnati
ऊ(ू) ū ऊराजा ūrjā
ऋ ( ृ) ṛ ऋिि ṛṣi
ए ( े) e एक eka
ऐ ( ै) ai ऐक्‍य aikya
ओ(ो) o ओििि oṣadhi
औ(ौ) au औिि auṣadha
अं ( ं) ṁ संसार saṁsāra
अः (ः) ḥ द:ु ख duḥkha
क ka करजा karma
ख kha खल khala
ग ga गह‍न gahana
घ gha घर ghara
ङ ṅ ‍वाङ्र‍य vāṅmaya
च ca चक्र cakra
्‍ cha ्‍त्र chatra
र ja रगि् jagat
झ jha झर jhara
ञ ña ज्ा‍न (र् +ञ +आ‍न) jñāna
ट ṭa कीट kiṭa
ठ ṭha रठ maṭha
ड ḍa गरुड़ garuḍa
ढ ḍha गढ़ू gūḍha
2022-23
Prelims.indd 11 15-10-2020 12:17:01

ण ṇa गणु guṇa
ि ta िट taṭa
थ tha िथा tathā
द da दा‍न dāna
ि dha ि‍न dhana
‍न na ‍नार nāma
प pa पशु paśu
फ pha फल phala
ब ba बल bala
भ bha भिक्ि bhakti
र ma ररिा mamatā
‍य ya ‍यथा yathā
र ra राित्र rātri
ल la लघु laghu
‍व va ‍वसिु vastu
श śa शािन्ि śānti
ि ṣa रेि meṣa
स sa सख ु sukha
ह ha हास hāsa
xii
2022-23
Prelims.indd 12 15-10-2020 12:17:01

CONTENTS
Foreword iii
An Introduction to Knowledge Traditions and Practices of India v
Romanisation of Indian Sounds (Diacritical Marks) xi
Chapter 1 — Language and Literature of India 1
Chapter 2 — Indian Philosophical Systems 19
Chapter 3 — Performing Art Traditions in India 37
Chapter 4 — Indian Art and Architecture 61
Chapter 5 — Astronomy in India 79
Chapter 6 — Mathematics in India 99
Chapter 7 — Introducing Ayurveda: the Science of 117

Health and Disease
Chapter 8 — Chemistry and Metallurgy in India 137
Chapter 9 — Yoga 155
2022-23
Prelims.indd 13 15-10-2020 12:17:01

2022-23
Prelims.indd 14 15-10-2020 12:17:02

1
Language and Literature
of India
Language is one of the most beautiful and intriguing
phenomenon in the world. It is closest to all living beings,
carving the rhythm of their life.
It is language that fulfills our wish to be understood by
others in life time and remembered ever after. The most
creative minds have always adored language as their muse.
Interestingly there are many languages without a script
but they fulfill the urge of expression of creative thoughts,
ideas and mutual interactions. They connect the speaker
with listener reliving the experiences, for example, we have
beautiful, rich oral traditions of presenting time and space
in the form of storytelling, Kavaad Banchana1 (story telling).
Phad singers2, folktales, dialects, historical narrations,
paintings, dance, etc. These were the most reliable and
popular medium before the advent of writing systems and are
accessible even today to people. All major forms of literature:
śruti, smṛti, purāṇa, epics, poetry, folk tales, and myths are
preserved and are still alive in oral traditions of the country.
1. Kavaad Banchana: is a traditional form of oral storytelling, Kavaad

means panel of a door and Banchana means to narrate and show the
illustrated story on the panel.
2. Phad singers: Phad is a scroll that depicts the narratives of folk deity.
The Bhopas of Rajasthan are the phad singers who are invited to
villages to sing to appease the deity.
2022-23
1-Language and Literature of India.indd 1 15-10-2020 12:33:54

NOTES LANGUAGE AND HUMAN LIFE
The question why do we need language has inspired linguists
and people in general to unravel the mysteries which surround
it. In Sanskrit the word for ‘Language’ is Bhāṣā, which is
derived from the root Bhāṣ, which literally means ‘to speak’, ‘to
say’. Perhaps this testifies that language originated from the
need of expression and communication, hence it manifests in
our thoughts and actions. This draws our attention to the fact
that language is an integral part of social and cultural lives
of human beings. It is the primary means by which culture is
expressed, and maintained too. The overwhelming amount of
knowledge created and owned by human beings is passed on
from generation to generation in language.
Language mediates our relationships and it is instrumental
in the process of evolution of human civilisation. If we turn
the leaves of history, language had always played a significant
role in making as well as destruction of kingdoms, rulers and
eras. Kings, rulers and other dominant people/classes have
always been identified with a language spoken and used
solely by them. There have been attempts to curb the use
of certain languages. The fury of territorial invasions among
the invaded in the past subsided when the invaders had
adapted to the culture as well as language of the territory, for
example the birth of Urdu and Hindustani in India is a result
of intermingling of Mughals with the natives.
The creation of human experiences, thoughts, feelings

and history is not about layering one experience on another
according to time and dates, it is a narrative in language of
understanding and reflection. Perhaps that is why it is said
that language gives distinctive meaning to experiences.
LANGUAGE PROMOTES CO-EXISTENCE

Ethics are shared rules of living in a culture. Source of conflict
in societies lies in misunderstanding and lack of awareness
about each other’s cultural practices and ethical norms.
People can live in harmony with each other only if they know,
2 KNOWLEDGE TRADITIONS AND PRACTICES OF INDIA — CLASS XI
2022-23

understand and respect the ethical and moral norms of
society to which they belong. Exposure to other cultures adds
to our awareness about human life and issues of existence.
Opinions and concerns about socio-ethical issues, social
justice and human rights issues of a community are also
voiced through their shared language. It is in the process
of learning language that these values embedded in culture
are absorbed. Language becomes an intrinsic aspect of our
human inheritance.
Journey of ideas from printing press
to people, India’s first newspaper Udant
Martand was published form Kolkata
in 1826. This was a weekly newspaper
published by Pt. Jugal Kishore Shukla.
Literature in different languages
sustained the spirit of struggle for
freedom from British rule. It became
the social responsibility of the writers
to write with a purpose of awakening
people to ideas of justice, and
freedom from slavery. Bankimchandra
Chattopadhyaya (1838–94) brought out
a magazine Bangadarshan to educate
people on social and political issues
of the time. Kavivachansudha by
Bharatendu Harish Chandra (1850–85)
became the voice against the atrocities
of prevailing authority. Bharatendu’s
songs for Prabhat Pheris and songs were
sung with fervour. Another important
development was Bengal Gazette, the
first newspaper in India and Asia as
well. It was founded by James Augustus
Hicky, who visualised the newspaper as
a forum for people to voice their opinion.
He was sarcastic and critical of the
events and policies of the British rulers.
It was said that Bengal Gazette made
people’s lives easier; instead of writing
long letters to their friends and relatives,
they sent copies of the newspaper.
Front page of Hicky's Bengal
Gazette, 10 March 1781,
from the University of
Heidelberg's archives
LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE OF INDIA 3
2022-23

LANGUAGE AND ITS SCIENCE
We do not remember how we started using the language but
certainly it was much before we were taught either at home
or school. However, scientific study of language is another
insightful dimension about language. The study of science
of language began when the minds of people were troubled
by the universality and diversity in language. Interestingly
the diversity in language was explained as a punishment
for man. The earliest masters in linguistics were ancient
Indian grammarians. The works of Panini and other Sanskrit
grammarians had profoundly influenced the linguistic
science. The interpretations of ancient poetry also aroused
interest in the study of language. The nineteenth century
saw an enormous development in the science of language;
the horizon was widened and many languages as well as the
use of language in poetry and drama was also studied with
keen interest.
This led to some significant shifts in language study.
Diversity in language was accepted. It was recognised that the
greater the range of registers a speaker has at his disposal,
the more effective will be social interactions with the world
at large.
Another important development was the realisation that
languages are not static, they are always in state of flux.
Languages keep on changing as long as they are spoken. It is
users of the language who nurture languages to keep them
alive, hence, language has no independent existence apart
from its users.
INDIA’S LANGUAGE DIVERSITY

Languages represent multitude of people and their lived
experiences. Our country is very rich in linguistic diversity.
This diversity is an outcome of many factors that shape
life on the subcontinent. Its territorial space is marked
by mountains, river basins, coastlines, dense forests and
deserts. This wide topographical range harbours a variety of
2022-23

environmental conditions which influence the language and
culture of people living in these regions. Thus, India houses
maximum number of written and orally alive languages in
the world. The diversity of languages, cultures and traditions
makes India one of the most tolerant and harmonious
country.
India is home to five major language families. These
language families are: Indo-Aryan, Dravidian, Austro-Asiatic,
Tibeto-Burmese and Semito-Hamitic. India’s rich linguistic
and cultural heritage is mirrored in her literatures, both oral
and written.
Sanskrit belongs to Indo-European group of languages.
Sanskrit was gradually standardised and given a highly
scientific grammar by Panini, the great grammarian, in about
fifth century B.C. Sanskrit was the language of religion,
philosophy and learning. The people spoke a number of
dialects which are called Prakrits. Buddha preached in the
language of the people. Buddhist literature was written in
Pali, one of the Prakrits. Among the Dravidian languages,
Tamil is the most ancient. The others developed during the
first millennium of the Christian era. Though Sanskrit again
became the predominant language of learning in the period
of the Guptas, the Prakrits continued to develop. The various
spoken languages that developed are called Apabhramshas.
These formed the basis of the modern Indian languages
which developed in various regions of India during the
medieval period.
LITERATURE AND CULTURAL EXPRESSION

Literature presents the panorama of the history of
mankind; the social institutions, religious beliefs, scientific
achievements and philosophical ideas. The objective is to
present the journey of thoughts from the earliest times to the
present times. The literature in a variety of forms appeals
to the readers because it relates to the questions of human
life. There is a unique linguistic variety in literature but it
keeps pace with the cultural evolutions in the society and
the common thread runs across the literatures creating a
continuum of the progress of human civilisation. It was the
advent of British era that marked the change in the course of
language and literature. The tradition of nurturing plurality of
languages strengthened in the modern era, enriching almost
all the regional languages with a rich oral and written body
of literature. The establishment of printing press by 1800
brought remarkable changes in the field of communication.
The author could communicate directly with the reader in
the languages of the people. The rise of journalism with
the introduction of newspapers and magazines helped the
development of prose writing which was so far a neglected
2022-23

field. Earlier the British felt that for expansion of their power
learning local Indian languages would be of great benefit but
by 1835, Macaulay’s Minute on Education changed their
thinking and English began making its presence felt in the
political and social life of the people of India by the end of 19th
century English. The contact with West opened new avenues
in the realm of socio-political thought, themes and forms
such as free verse. In the recent years, more Publications
in English by Indian writers are being seen on bookshelves.
Many Indians started writing in English as well. Henry
Derozio and Michael Madhusudan Dutt are the pioneers in
this field.
There is however, no complete departure from the tradition,
in that many modern writers, including those who wrote in
English, continue to draw their inspiration and themes from
the classical epics and other texts. Several Indian writers have
written par excellence not only in traditional Indian languages
but also in English. India’s Nobel laureate in literature was the
Bengali writer Rabindranath Tagore, who wrote some of his
work originally in English, and did some of his own English
translations from Bengali. Writers like Vikram Seth, Raja Rao,
Anita Desai, Shashi Deshpande, R.K. Narayan, Ruskin Bond,
derived inspiration from Indian themes.
Here is the translation of a Tamil poem in English.
Translation, as a creative genre, is the characteristic of
modern literature.
Poetry: Kuruntokai Poem 312
Poet: Kapilar
WHAT HE SAID
My love is a two-faced thief. And then, she sheds the petals

In the dead of night of night’s several flowers,
she comes like the fragrance and does her hair again
of the Red-Speared Chieftain’s with new perfumes and oils,
forest hills, to be one with her family at dawn
to be one with me. with a stranger’s different face.
Translated by A.K. Ramanujan
2022-23

A MOSAIC OF LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE IN INDIA
The history of Indian literature is ancient and vast. It had
been an instrument of instruction since antiquity. Śruti and
Smṛti literature, Sūtra literature, Jātaka tales, Pancatantra,
Kathasaritsāgara, Thirukural, Athichudi and Vachanas are
examples of traditions of literature which have enriched
human life encouraging them to follow human values, and
living in harmony with nature. In India, in the sixth and
seventh century, A.D., there were great literary skills in epic
poetry and drama. Indian intellectuals explored the field of
medicine, astronomy, geometry, law and many others. The
Indian thinkers explored religion and philosophy with vigour
and originality in the interest of the people.
Ancient period falls roughly between 2000 B.C. to
A.D. 1000. Sanskrit, Tamil, Pali and Prakrit were the
main languages used for writing in ancient times. Other
languages of antiquity include Kannada, Ardhamagadhi and
Apabhramsa. Sanskrit literature from ancient period can be
divided into the following.
Vedic Age
From this pristine antiquity, we receive two types of
literatures namely ‘Śruti’ (heard and revealed) literature and
‘Smṛti’ (remembered and later recorded) literature. The four
Vedas—Ṛgveda, Yajurveda, Atharvaveda and Sāmveda along
with eleven Brāhmaṇas, three Araṇyakas and more than 100
Upaniṣads belong to the Shruti form. Smṛti texts are ascribed
to human authorship and contain six Vedāṅgas (adjuncts
to the Vedas), the epics—the Rāmāyaṇa, the Mahābhārata
and the Purāṇas. The Vedas describe procedures for yajñas,
sacrifice and prescribe rituals and mantras to invoke powers
of various gods to attain success in human efforts. All
human effort in vedic way of life is put into four puruṣārthas
(‘purpose of life on earth’)—Dharma, Artha, Kāma and Mokṣa.
Upaniṣads are contemplative enquiries into the mysteries of
2022-23

life. The two epics are narratives
on the legendary life of Rāma and
Kṛṣṇa—the famous avatāras of
Lord Viṣṇu.
Post Vedic age

In the post Vedic period, Sanskrit
literature evolved in the form of
drama, verse and prose. Significant
playwrights of the period were
Bhāsa, Kālidāsa, Śūdraka and
Ṛgveda (padapāṭha) Bhavabhuti. Bhāsa’s plays largely
manuscript in Devanagari, adopted their subject from the epics of the Rāmāyaṇa and the
early 19th century Mahābhārata. Thirteen of his plays are extant and some of them
Source: Vedparijat, (August, are: Svapanavāsavadattam, Cārudattam, Abhiṣekanāṭakam,
2014), NCERT Pratimānāṭakam, Karṇabhāram and Madhyamavyāyogam.
Kālidasa is considered as the greatest Sanskrit poet
and playwright. His poem Meghadūtam and his play,
Abhijñānaśākuntalam are world renowned. Here are some
classic expressions from ancient Sanskrit literatures.
From the Ṛgveda

Devi Sūktam
स�च्छध्वं सवं्दध्वं सवं ्ो मनावंिस जानताम।्
दे्ा भागवं यथा प्ू वे सञजानाना उपासते।।
Saṅgacchadhvaṁ saṁvadadhvaṁ saṁ vo manāṁsi jānatām
devā bhāgaṁ yathā pūrve sañjānānā upāsate
May you move in harmony, speak in one voice, let your
minds be in agreement just as the ancient gods shared their
portions of sacrifice.
From Taittiriˉya Upaniṣad
्ेदम् अनचू य आचाय्य: अनते्ािसनम् अनश ु ािसत

सतयवं ्द, धममं चर, स्ाधयायात् मा प्रमद:,आचाया्यय
िप्रयवं धनम् आ�तय प्रजातनतवंु मा वय्च्छे तससी:, सतयात् न
प्रमिदतवयवं, धमा्यत् न प्रिमदतवयम,् कुशलात् न प्रमिदतवयम्
भतू ययै न प्रिमदतवयम,् स्ाधयायात् न प्रमिदतवयम।्
vedam anūcya ācāryaḥ antevāsinam anuśāsti—satyam
vada, dharmaṁ cara, svādhyāyāt mā pramadaḥ, ācāryāya
priyaṁ dhanaṁ āhṛtya prajātantuṁ mā vyavacchetsiḥ, satyāt
na pramaditavyaṁ, dharmāt na pramaditavyaṁ, kuśalāt na
pramaditavayaṁ, bhūtyai na pramaditavyaṁ, svādhyāyat na
prmaditavyam.
2022-23

This is the advice of teacher to his pupils at the end of
their stay in Gurukul. The Guru urges them to follow the
path of truthfulness and work for the welfare of others.
From Raghuvaṁśam by Kalidas

शयैश्ेऽभयसत्िदय् ानावं यौ्ने ि्षययैिषणाम।्
्ाध्यके मिु न्ृत्सीनावं योगेनानते तनतु यजाम।् ।
śaiśavebhyastavidyānāṁ yauvane viṣayaiṣiṇāṁ
-
vārdhake munivṛtti nāṁ yogenānte tanutyajām
Prākṛt, Pāliˉ and Apabhraṁsa

‘Prākṛt’ (‘natural’ or ‘common’) was an important colloquial
language which was used in Sanskrit drama for dialogues
of women and minor characters. Gāthā Sattasai is a third
century work in Prākṛt. Ashoka’s inscriptions have also used
Prākṛt along with Pali. Buddhist philosophical work like
Dhammapada and educational stories like Jātaka Tales are
in Pali. Lord Mahavira Jain used Apabhraṁsa to disseminate
his teachings.
Ancient Tamil Literature

Ancient Tamil literature is known as Saṅgama Literature.
The earliest known work in the ancient Tamil is Agastyam.
Another seminal work Tholkapiayam (300 B.C.) is a treatise
on Tamil grammar. ‘Akam’ (‘interior landscape’) and ‘Puram’
(‘exterior landscape’) forms of poetry also come from Sangam
period. It conceptualised five landscapes, known as ‘tinai’
which denotes a literary category named after a flower native
to that natural setting. The tinais are:
• Kurinchi (mountain and mountain related landscape),
• Mullai (forest and forest related landscapes),
• Marutam (cultivable field and field related landscapes),
Neytal (sea and Sea related landscapes), Palai (dry, a kind
of arid desert and desert related landscapes).
The two epics found in Tamil are Cilapathikaram and
Manimekalai.
Regarded as one of the great works of Tamil literature,
the Silappadikaram is a poetic rendition with details of
Tamil culture; its varied religions; its town plans and city
types; the mingling of different people; and the arts of dance
and music.
Manimekalai is composed by the poet Chithalai Chathanar.
Manimekalai is a poem in 30 cantos. It is a story of Kovalan
and Mādhavi who became Buddhist Bhikkhuṇi.
2022-23

Ancient Kannada literature
Earliest work extant in Kannada literature is Kavirājamārgam
from ninth century. Kannada language is known to exist
since the third century B.C. Pampa, Sri Ponna and Ranna
are three major Jaina poets who wrote in classical Kannada
in the tenth century A.D. Ādikavi Pampa’s Rāmāyaṇa in
Kananda is the most significant source text for the poets of
the succeeding generations.
The Epics
The two epics of India Mahābhārata and Rāmāyaṇa are the
representations of cultural, religious and political lives of
the people of Indian subcontinent. The epics are written in
the literary tradition of Kāvya. The epics are the
reflection of heroic age embedded with value and
moral teachings for human beings. These epics
have been an enduring part of visual and oral
traditions of transmitting knowledge in India
hence have a profound influence on the lives
of people. The epics have been translated into
many languages and dialects across the world.
The Rāmāyaṇa is considered as the foremost
literature in classical Sanskrit and its author
Vālmiki is known as the ‘Ādikavi’. The Rāmāyaṇa
is a saga of life of Lord Rama which is composed in
24000 verses. The epic is the source of inspiration
for many poets in ancient, medieval and even
the modern times. The Mahābhārata is written
by Vedavyāsa who enriched our literature with
significant literary and shastric treatises like the
Purāṇas and Brahmasūtras, and perhaps the
first to write Vedas. The Mahābhārata consists
of one lakh verses which are supposed to be the
largest work of literature in any time and in any
Kannagi from the Tamil
language. Indian tradition treasures a legend
Epic Silapathikaram saying that any knowledge related to humankind has a place
in the Mahābhārata. The world famous Bhagavad-Giˉta,
consisting of 700 verses forms a part of the Mahābhārata
in the 6th Parva (chapter) out of its 18 parvas. Bhagavad-
Giˉta is a complete philosophical doctrine which answers our
personal emotional dilemmas. It shows threefold paths to
seeking and attainment of salvation (mokṣa) which are the
paths of Karma, Jñāna and Bhakti.
2022-23

The Rāmāyaṇa
As the story goes, the aged king Daśaratha chooses one of his
four sons, Rāma, to succeed him as the ruler of Ayodhyā, but is
finally persuaded by one of his wives to name Rāma’s brother
Bharata as his successor. Bowing to his father’s decision,
-
Rāma prepares to leave the capital and his wife. Si tā refuses
to accept this separation and insists on accompanying Rāma
and his brother Lakṣmaṇa into exile.
2022-23

The city was distressed and citizens were dazed
And crowds unending followed as he went.
Rāma arrived where Jānaki was.
Startled, she rose, for she did not understand
Why the crowd did weep or why they came
Thus dazed and covered with dust.
Nor why her prince was strangely clad.
Her fright increased
As the women about embraced her;
They would not speak but smothered her in tears.
She turned her large eyes then to Rāma:
“My prince, tell me now,
Is the king well
Or has some illness stricken him?”
And Rāma quietly spoke:
“My peerless brother beloved will rule the realm
By the command of them that gave me being.
I go today to see the hills
From where the rains are sent.
And till I come again abstain from grief.”
She sobbed but not for his dread exile
Or for the kingdom’s sake:
She sobbed for the cruel words that scalded her ears:
“Grieve not the time I shall be away!”
For how could Sita bear the thought
Of separation? Were they not
An eternal pair together in the sea of milk
Together again on earth when he chose to be born…
Ayodhyā Canto of the Rāmāyaṇa by Kamban, one of the
greatest classic Tamil poets of the ninth century. Translated
from Tamil by Sri Chakravarti Rajagopalachari.
FABLES IN ANCIENT LITERATURE

Pañcatantra
The Pañcatantra is a collection of ancient India fables. It is
believed that Vishnu Sharma composed them in first century
C.E. It has influenced the composition of literature in other
parts of the world, for example the writing of Aesop Fables.
Pañcatantra fables are marked by a moral. The idea that an
action has consequences is well portrayed in these fables. The
fables are widely popular even today because of their simplicity,
logic and human desire to follow morals and values in life.
Here is a sample of its style
A donkey was employed in pulling a washerman’s cart and
after the day’s labour, at nightfall, he liked to have a good feed
off the neighbour’s cucumber field. A jackal once joined him,
2022-23

and when the two had feasted on the cool and delicious fruit,
the donkey exclaimed: “Isn’t it a glorious night, old fellow? I
feel so jolly, I must sing a song.” The wise jackal thought that
they should leave the field stealthily keeping quiet, but the
silly ass brayed merrily, until the farmer then woke up and
gave him a sound thrashing.
Jātaka Tales
Jātaka Tales
Source: https://search.creativecommons.org/photos/fdf30c26-6fee-467b-8fc5-
fce66cf89229
Jātaka stories emphasise Buddha’s great abilities as a

visionary and storyteller. The stories are marked by moral
lessons. The stories are important to know the culture of the
people, and also inspire literature, theatre opera and other art
forms. Jātakas are the birth stories of Buddha. Jātaka tales
are said to be one of the most authentic account of life in ancient
India. The stories capture the various incarnations of Buddha,
practical wisdom, lives of people in frames of hope, happiness
and despair. The stories present life in bazaar, caravan, field
barracks and life lived in quiet and thought mediations.
Here is a sample of its style

Prince Suvaṇṇa Sāma (the devoted prince) — Act of
benevolence
Sāma’s parents lost their sight when he was 16 years old.
From then on he was their only help. He took care of his
parents. Every day he went to the Migasammata River
to gather fruit and fetch water in a pot. At that time King
Piliyakkha of Benares in his great desire for venison, also
2022-23

came to the river and at last reached the spot where Sāma
stood. Seeing Sāma taming the wild animals, the King was
wondering whether the creature was a god or a Nāga? To find
out, he decided to wound and disable him, and then ask. The
King shot a poisoned arrow and wounded Sāma, who fell to
the ground. Sāma spoke: “I have no enmity against anyone.
Who has wounded me?” The King went to Sāma and asked
him his name. Sāma then told the King the story of fostering
his blind parents. The King thought to himself, “I have done
evil to such a holy being; how can I comfort him?” He decided
to bring the blind parents to their son. In the meantime the
-
goddess Bahusodari decided to help Sāma and his parents.
In the end Sāma recovered from his wound and both of his
parents’ sight was restored.
Hitopadeśa
Hitopadeśa is a book of worldly wisdom presented through
the characters of birds, animals and humans. The purpose
of the book appears to encourage proficiency in Sanskrit
-
expression and the knowledge of wise behaviour (ni ti-vidya).
The stories are elaborate, ending with moral messages.
However, very peculiar to its style, it has condensed and crisp
verses in between the stories to illustrate the points made by
the characters.
Hitopadeśa is structured in four books with a preface
(prāstāvika). The four books are as follows:
• Mitralābha
• Suhṛdbheda
• Vigraha
• Sandhi
Here is a sample of a story from the book Suhṛdbheda

The Story of the Black Snake and the Golden Chain
“A pair of crows had their abode in a certain tree, the hollow
of which was occupied by a black snake, who had often
devoured their young. The hen-bird, finding herself breeding
again, thus addressed her mate: ‘Husband, we must leave
this tree; we shall never rear young ones while this black
snake lives here! You know they say—
‘From false friends that breed thee strife,
From a house with serpents rife,
Saucy slaves and brawling wife—
Get thee out, to save thy life.’
‘My dear,’ replied the crow, ‘you need not fear; I have put
up with him till I am tired. Now I will put an end to him.’
‘How can you fight with a great black snake like that?’
said the hen-bird.
‘The Lion proud died by the hare so meek.’
‘How came that about?’ asked the hen-crow.
2022-23

Doubt nothing,’ answered the other— ‘He that hath sense
hath strength; the fool is weak…’
The Book of Good Counsels: From the Sanskrit of the
Hitopadesa, by Sir Edwin Arnold, M.A. 1861
MEDIEVAL PERIOD
Emergence of the Bhakti Movement
In the A.D. sixth century, Bhakti emerged in the Tamil land
and there was an upsurge of bhakti poetry. Compositions
of Alvars (the word literally means immersed in God) and
Nayanmars are expressions of Vishnu and Shiva bhakti. In
Kannada region Basavanna (1105–68) in the twelfth century
began the movement in response to the prevailing caste
hierarchy. The bhakti literature is known as Vacanasāhitya.
-
Akkamahadevi , Allama Prabhuare the proponents of Bhakti
movement. Jñānadeva, Nāmadeva and Tukārām contributed
profusely to this movement connecting to people in their
language in Marathi.
In northern India Kabir emerged as a great force in lending
support to Bhakti movement. His verses were like a mirror
to the hierarchy ridden society of that time. He spoke with
all humility and faith in God. Another believer in Bhakti was
Guru Nanak who tried to synthesise the different religious
faiths to serve as a guide for humanity. He preached devotion
to God than rituals.
Poet-saints who produced literary masterpieces include
Chaitanyadeva in Bengali, Surdas in Hindi, Mira Bai in
Rajasthani, Jnaneshwar in Marathi and Narsinha Mehta in
Gujarati. The contribution of women writers needs special
mention. The Kashmiri compositions of Lal Ded and Habba
Khatoon are known for their mystical flavour and intense
agony of expression, Mirabai’s compositions in Rajasthani
is known for a unique devotional quality, Andal’s mysticism
in Tamil and Akka Mahadevi’s vachanas in Kannnada are
testimonies to the great contribution of women to literature of
the time. Besides this, medieval times were characterised by
religious and cultural synthesis that integrated the Islamic
and Sufi elements into the culture and literature of Northern
and Western India.
2022-23

Renderings of Bhakti Poets
Guru Nanak
Guru Nanak was a spiritual Guru whose teachings were
expressed in devotional hymns. He was a Nirguna Bhakti
saint and a social reformer. He was an opponent of caste
and religious distinctions. Guru Nanak firmly believed and
preached that the most important form of worship is bhakti—
loving devotion to God. He was the first Sikh Guru and the
founder of Sikhism.
-
Gaganmahthāl, rav-cāṅddi pakbaney
-
tārkamaṅdaljanakmoti
dhūpmaliāṅlopavancāvarokarey
sagalbanraiphūlantjyoti.
Translation—The Sky is your platter,
-
The sun and moon are the dipakas [lamps or lights],
The stars in the sky are the pearls,
The dhūp [incense] is the fragrance
That the wind propels,
The whole forest is your flowers.
Kabir
Kabir was a mystic poet and saint. He represented Nirgun
stream of Bhakti movement. Kabir is revered for his verses
which expressed his philosophy with simplicity and honesty.
There is no evidence that he received any formal education.
Kabir wrote from his experiences which he gained through
his travels and satsangs. He opposed distinctions of caste
and creed and propagated harmony among people.
- -
Aisi vāni boliye, mana ka āpā khoye
-
Apnā tan śi tal kare, auran ko sukh hoye.
Translation—Speak such words, sans ego’s ploy
Body remains composed, giving the listener joy.
Lal Ded
Lalleshwari, locally known mostly as Lal Ded, was a Kashmiri
mystic of the Kashmir Shaivism school of Philosophy in the
Indian subcontinent. She was the creator of the style of
mystic poetry called vatsun or Vakhs, literally ‘speech’.
Another feature of this period is the emergence of Urdu
as a language of confluence of Persian and Hindustani that
marked the beginning of poetry forms like qasida, marsiya
and masnavi, which found ready acceptance in Urdu and
Kashmiri. It is interesting to note that when the Christian
Missionaries came to India and wanted to compose on biblical
themes, some of them adopted indigenous forms like puran
and pana.
2022-23

You are the heaven and you are the earth,
You are the day and you are the night,
You are all pervading air,
You are the sacred offering of rice and flowers and of water;
You are yourself all in all,
What can I offer you?
—Translated by R.C. Temple
Mirza Ghalib
Mirza Ghalib was a prominent Urdu and Persian poet during

the last years of the Mughal Empire. His honorific was
Dabir-ul-Mulk and Najm-ud-Daula. Most notably, he wrote
several ghazals during his life, which have since been
interpreted and sung in many different ways by great artists.
Today Ghalib remains popular not only in India and Pakistan
but also among the Hindustani diaspora around the world.
- - -
apni hasti hi se ho jo kuchh ho
- - - -
āgah
āgahi gar na
nahi ñ ġhaflat h
hi sahi
Let us Do
1. There are many categories of languages—classical
languages, modern Indian languages, tribal and minor
languages. Why are they called so? Find what this
categorisation mean.
2. What makes a language a classical language? Define it.
3. Select poem from one language and translate it into as
many languages as possible with your friend.
Project Work
1. In groups of four select five poets from five different
Indian languages and collect information about their
work, time, life and philosophy to carry out the project.
2. The Rāmāyaṇa and the Mahābhārata have been written
in almost all Indian languages. Pick any three or four
languages and collect information on the origin and
writing of the two epics. Compare and contrast the
commonalities and difference in different languages.
As said earlier, Hitopadeśa was written to exemplify a
pious life through stories with moral teachings.
2022-23

The following are two proverbs from Hitopadeśa. Read
and collect more proverbs to understand the idea of the
book.
• Sentences of studied wisdom naught avail if unapplied;
though the blind man holds a lantern, yet his footsteps
stray aside.
• Fellow be with kindly foeman rather than with friends unkind;
friends and foeman are distinguished not by title but by mind
—Translated by Sir Edwin Arnold
Organise an activity
Organise a school literary festival in your school and present
poems and other literary works to other students and parents.
Have talks and discussions on Indian Literatures and their
richness. You may invite writers, and poets to the event.
FURTHER READING
1. India — What Can It Teach Us? A Course of Lectures Delivered
Before the University of Cambridge by Friedrich Max Müller
Available at http://gretil.sub.uni-goettingen.de/gretil_elib/
Mue883__MuellerFM_IndiaWhat.pdf
2. The Epics, History, Tradition and Myth and Life and Work in
Ancient India in The Discovery of India by Jawaharlal Nehru.
BIBLIOGRAPHY
GEORGE, K.M. Ed. 1997. Masterpieces of Indian Literature. National
Book Trust, New Delhi. Vol. 1, pp. 59–591.
NEHRU, JAWAHARLAL. 2004. The Discovery of India. Penguin Book,
New Delhi. pp. 98–119.
PANICKER, AYYAPPA. Ed. Returning from the Pilgrimage, Abhangas
(13–14 century). Medieval Indian Literature, Vol. 3, p. 496.
PURI, J.R. 1982. Guru Nanak. Radha Somi Satsang Beas, Punjab,
India. p. 122.
RAMANUJAN, A.K. 1994. The Interior Landscape: Love Poems from a
Classical Tamil Anthology. Oxford Indian Paperbacks. Oxford
University Press.
SHARMA, T.R.S. 2001. Ancient Indian Literature – An Anthology. Tamil
and Kannada. Vol. 3.
2022-23

2
Indian Philosophical Systems
We see the earth, the moon, the sun, and millions and billions
of stars in the sky. We have big mountains, long rivers and
unending oceans on our planet. We witness various climates
like hot summer, heavy rain, and chilling winter. We observe
human beings born, grow and die. Have you ever wondered
about who has created these and who controls them? Certainly
not us.
Human beings have been trying to find the answer since
time immemorial. We can also have questions like what are
the sources or means of our knowledge and how can we
validate our knowledge.
Basically, these questions and answer to these questions
are the subject matter of the study which is called Darśana
or Philosophy in English.
Prameya (objects of knowledge) and Pramāṇa (means of
knowledge or the source of knowledge), are the two major
components of Philosophy in general. Different philosophical
systems while defining their prameyas also define the pramāṇas.
2022-23
2--Indian Philosophical System.indd 19 15-10-2020 11:09:56

A flawed means of knowledge will lead us to an unauthentic or
invalid knowledge. In philosophical discourse, to determine
the valid knowledge, we have two ways, i.e., direct and indirect.
Here direct means the knowledge which can be perceived
through the senses, i.e., pratyakṣa. And indirect means
the knowledge which is not taken directly through senses
like anumāna, upamāna, etc. The significant pramāṇas are
as follows:
1. Pratyakṣa (Direct perception through sense organs)
2. Anumāna (Inference or syllogistic argument)
3. Upamāna (analogy)
4. Śabda (verbal testimony)
5. Anupalabdhi (non-perception)
6. Arthāpatti (implication)
Based upon these sources of knowledge, various Indian
Philosophical schools discuss their subject matters which
are metaphysical in nature like ātmān (soul), Sṛṣṭi (universe),
Īsvara (god), Mokṣa (liberation), Punarjanma (rebirth), manas
(mind), buddhi (intellect), so on and so forth.
Origin of Indian philosophical thoughts can be traced
back to the first available literature of the world, i.e., Ṛgveda.
-
Many hymns like Nāsadi ya sūkta, Puruṣa sūkta, Vāk sūkta,
Jñāna sūkta, etc., symbolically narrate about the creation
of the universe, nature of self, etc. Philosophical discourse
flourishes in the Upaniṣads, the last major part of the Vedic
literature.
In the Post Vedic period, philosophical thoughts turned
into independent schools, such as, Sāṅkhya, Yoga, Nyāya,
-
Vaiśeṣika, Mi māṁsā, Vedānta, Cārvāka, Jaina and Bauddha.
Many schools carried forward the Vedic thoughts and
elaborated upon them, whereas some schools developed their
thoughts opposing the validity of the Vedas. Thus Indian
philosophical thoughts are divided into two categories, viz.,
Āstika (that which accepts the validity of the Vedas as source
of knowledge) and Nāstika (that which denies the validity of
the Vedas as source of knowledge).
Cārvaka, Bauddha and Jaina are considered Nāstika

schools as they don’t take the Vedas as valid source of
knowledge. Rest of the six schools come under the āstika
2022-23

category which have agreement in taking the Vedas as valid
source of knowledge, though, they have differences among
each other.
It is observed by our seers that the entire humanity
is battered by the three-fold sufferings, viz., ādhidaivika
(sufferings caused by nature), ādhibhautika (sufferings
caused by creatures) and ādhyātmika (sufferings pertaining
to mind and spirit). The ordinary means of eradicating
human sufferings does help in it but it cannot cause
complete (aikāntika), and everlasting (ātyantika) cessation of
sufferings. Our seers always yearned for this kind of full and
final freedom from sufferings where there is eternal bliss.
This state is termed as mokṣa in Indian philosophy. The seers
found that ignorance is the root cause of human sufferings
and it can be dispelled only by the supreme knowledge.
In India, we find three main intellectual traditions, viz.,
Nigama tradition, Āgama tradition and Śramaṇa tradition.
The tradition of Nigama (also known as Veda) believes that
the Vedas are either eternal or the teachings of God. Hence,
their authority is unchallengeable. This tradition is the base
of the six prime systems of Indian philosophy. Apart from
the Nigama tradition, there has been a parallel tradition
of Āgama. In this tradition, the followers have their own
scriptures either in Sanskrit or in other languages as well.
The followers consider there scriptures as divine revelation
taught by God himself to different sages and spread through
the chain of scholars. Vaiśn� ava Āgama, Śaiva Āgama and
Śākta Tantra are main representatives of the Āgama tradition.
These too have several sub-sects.
The Śraman� as were the monks who led a rigorous life.
Around the sixth century B.C., different Śraman� ic groups
appeared in opposition of the Vedic ritualistic culture and
laid emphasis on leading a moral life. Their arguments were
based on sound logic than mere faith and hence they appealed
to the masses. Though many such groups are mentioned in
the old literature of the Buddhism and Jainism, only a few of
them sustained as philosophies for a long time.
Though there are many different philosophical thought
systems developed in India, three nāstika and six āstika
schools feature prominently in the history.
Nāstika PHILOSOPHICAL SYSTEMS

Cārvāka
It is the first and foremost nāstika darśana. Tradition names
it as lokāyata, meaning, ‘which appeals to the mass’. This
philosophy is attributed to Bṛhaspati or his disciple as it has
got another name as Bārhaspatya darśana.
INDIAN PHILOSOPHICAL SYSTEMS 21
2022-23

Cāṇakya in his Arthaśāstra, a treatise on public
administration and finance, has called Bṛhaspati as the
foremost teacher of Arthaśhāstra. This philosophy is believed
to be as old as Vedic tradition.
It is an extreme nastika darśana which believes only one
means of valid knowledge, i.e., direct perception or pratyakṣa
and all other sources of knowledge are not trustworthy
or misleading. Since only pratyakṣa is the valid means
of knowledge, whatever is not there in its purview is not
a true knowledge at all. So according to Cārvāka, not any
supernatural power is god, but the king who possesses the
power of punishing or rewarding over the people should be
considered as god, since we get to know him through direct
perception. Similarly, mokṣa (liberation) means death, bodily
pleasure is svarga (heaven) and pain is naraka (hell). Forget
about rebirths and which we don’t perceive through our sense
organs. Even this philosophy discards the fifth fundamental
element of the universe, i.e., the ākāśa (the space) as it is not
perceived to us. So, for him, only four fundamental elements
are there, viz., earth, water, fire and air, which our sense
organs can p perceive.
As Cārvāka is a fully materialistic philosophy, one question

may be asked, i.e., if only body is the reality where does mind
or consciousness come from which cannot be perceived by
any of our sense organs, like eyes, ears, nose, tongue or skin.
For this, Carvāka has answered with an analogy. According
to Cārvāka, consciousness is not a different entity, but a
byproduct of matter, just like we observe the living objects
coming out of decomposing things.
Original text of Cārvāka is not available to us, which
perhaps has been lost in the tradition. Whatever narratives
are known to us, are found scattered in various literatures
in Sanskrit. Views of Cārvāka had been compiled by a
philosopher, viz., Mādhava Vidyāraṇya (A.D. 1296 to 1386).
In that text, it is mentioned that for well-being of all creatures
2022-23

in the world, Cārvāka philosophy has to be adopted. It firmly
criticises the practice of sacrifices in various rituals in the
pretext of dharma.
The salient features of this philosophy are—

(i) World is made up of four elements: air (vāyu), fire (agni),
-
water (ap), earth (pṛthvi ). Cārvāka rejects ether (ākāśa).
(ii) There is no soul.
(iii) There is no God.
(iv) Rejection of two of the four puruṣārthas i.e., dharma and
mokṣa.
(v) Enjoyment is the ultimate end.
From a bird’s-eye view, though we can point out many
flaws in this philosophy, particularly from the viewpoint
of logical accuracy, this philosophy is adored across the
mankind for its simplicity and practicality.
Jaina
The Jaina philosophy is primarily based on the teachings of
-
twenty four ti rthaṅkaras, i.e., preachers. R� s� abhadeva is the
-
first tirthaṅkara as the tradition of Jainism maintains. Out of
-
these twenty four ti rthaṅkaras, the last two, i.e., Pārśvanātha
-
and Mahāvi ra (sixth century B.C.) are historical personalities.
The word Jaina is derived from a Sanskrit word jina, meaning
the ‘conqueror’, i.e., conqueror of passion and desire. The
- -
last ti rthaṅkara, Mahāvi ra is called Jina as he conquered
his passion after the attainment of the supreme realisation.
-
The earlier Jaina literature is found in Prakrit. Mahāvi ra
himself used the same in his sermons. Sanskrit was introduced
at a later stage for philosophical discourse. The first book of
Jaina philosophy, i.e., Tattvārthādhigamasūtra was written
- Mahavira Jaina
by Umāsvāmi or Umāsvāti around second century A.D. The
book deals with almost all philosophical doctrines of Jainism. Source: An Introduction to
Indian Art, Part–I
(February, 2018), NCERT
The distinct features of Jaina philosophy are —
• Independent existence of consciousness and matter;
• No existence of supreme divine authority for creation,
preservation or destruction of the universe;
• karma, the basic principle of one’s creation and
destruction;
• Relativity and multiple facets of truth;
• Morality and ethics for liberation.
The Jaina philosophy revolves around two main doctrines,
i.e., Anekāntavāda and Syādvāda. Both are extremely
connected doctrines. According to anekāntavāda, every
being has numerous properties. The permanent property that
constitutes the nature of a thing is called attribute (gun�a).
2022-23

The accidental property is called mode (paryāya). According
to syādvāda, our knowledge is partial and relative because
passion, anger, greed, etc., obstruct our knowledge. But, we
deem our partial and relative knowledge as complete and
absolute. Only a liberated soul can know the reality in totality.
-
Jaina philosophy admits that all souls (jivas) are potentially
equal because all of them are naturally endowed with four
infinites (anantacatus� t�aya), viz., infinite knowledge, infinite
faith, infinite power and infinite bliss. But, in the stage of
bondage, these four infinites are not manifested properly.
-
Jaina mentions the different stages that a soul (jiva)
undergoes. These are as follows:
1. Āsrava (influx): Due to passion, anger, greed, etc., present
-
in the soul (ji va); the karmic matter (karmapudgala)
-
moves towards the soul (ji va).
2. Bandha (bondage): The karmic matter (karmapudgala)
-
infests the soul (ji va) and obstructs the manifestation of
the four infinites (anantacatus� t�aya) just as dust particles
settle on moistened leather reduces the shine of it.
3. Samvara (pause): A Jaina sādhaka stops the influx of
the karmic matter (karma pudgala) through his virtuous
conduct prescribed in Jainism.
4. Nirjarā (removal): Through the rigorous practice of the
same, a Jaina sādhaka removes the karmic matter
-
(karma pudgala) already present in the soul (ji va).
5. Moksha (liberation): After the complete removal of
the karmic matter (karma pudgala), four infinites
-
(anantacatus� t�aya) of the soul (ji va) are revealed.
The right faith (samyakdarśana), the right knowledge
(samyakjñāna) and the right conduct (samyakcaritra) are
called the path of liberation. They are also known as three gems
(triratna) of Jainism. The five great vows (pañcamahāvrata)
are subsumed under the right conduct (samyakcaritra) in
Jaina ethics. These are as follows:
1. Ahiṁsā (observing non-violence in thought, speech and
action and compassion for all beings).
2. Satya (truthfulness in thought, speech and action)
3. Asteya (non-stealing)
4. Aparigraha (non-possession of things more than one’s
requirement)
5. Brahmacarya (renouncing of all passions).
These five great vows (pañca mahāvrata) are meant for
the Jaina monks and the same has been prescribed for other
people with a liberal approach and are known as an� uvrata.
Jainism has a major influence on the general philosophy,
culture and ethics of India. The Jaina philosophy has a great
2022-23

impact on the typical Indian concepts like ahiṁsā, karma,
mokṣa or renunciation of saṁsāra, etc. M.K. Gandhi was
immensely influenced by the Jaina concept of ahiṁsā and
had developed his unique concept of practical ahiṁsā. The
idea of Jainism is capable to bring harmony in the society in
all respects.
Buddha
The seed of Buddhist philosophy is traced in the teachings
of Gautama Buddha (earlier name was Siddhartha) itself.
Buddha always emphasised on leading a moral life for the
emancipation of human sufferings rather than indulging into
philosophical problems. But, the later scholars of Buddhism
developed a profound philosophy on the platform of the
teachings of Gautama Buddha.
Buddha wanted to lead humanity to emancipation. Thus,
to reach the masses, he used Pāli language in his teachings.
These teachings have been compiled in Tipiṭaka (Tripiṭaka in
Sanskrit), literally means three baskets. It is the most revered
text of Buddhism. This canonical literature has three parts,
viz., Suttapiṭaka, Vinayapiṭaka and Abhidhammapiṭaka.
The central theme of Buddha’s teaching is inherent in
the four noble truths or the truths of the nobles (Cattāri
ariyasaccani in Pāli). These are as follows:
1. Dukkham: It means that there is suffering and the entire Gautama Buddha, Sarnath
world is inflicted by it. Source: An Introduction to
2. Dukkhasamuppāda: It means that there is a cause Indian Art, Part–I
for suffering. It is not one entity, but a cycle of twelve (February, 2018), NCERT
links (i.e., dvādaśa nidānacakra or bhāvacakra).

These are avidyā (ignorance), saṁskāra (impression of
previous births), vijñāna (initial consciousness of the
foetus), nāmarūpa (name and form), s� ad�āyatana (six
senses including mind), sparśa (sense-object contact),
vedanā (sense experience), tr� s� n� ā (thirst for the objects
of enjoyment), upādāna (clinging to attachment), bhava
(desire to take birth), jāti (birth), jarā-maran� a (suffering
in the form of old age and death). Each link is dependent
on the previous link for its existence and gives birth to
the next link. Avidyā (ignorance) is the root cause.
3. Dukkhassa atikkama: It means there is cessation of
suffering. If the root cause of suffering, i.e., ignorance
is dispelled, the dependent links are ceased one by one
and ultimately human suffering also ceases.
4. Ariyam Aṭṭhaṅgikaṁ Maggaṁ Dukkhupasamagāminaṁ:
It means, there is a path of cessation of suffering. The
path is known as the eight-fold path. It is explained in
2022-23

-
mahāparinibbāṇasutta of dighanikāya of Suttapiṭaka.
These paths are as follows:
(a) Sammā diṭṭhi (right views), (b) Sammā saṁkappo (right
aspiration), (c) Sammā vāk (right speech), (d) Sammā kammo
-
(right action), (e) Sammā ājivo (right livelihood), (f) Sammā
vāyāmo (right effort), (g) Sammā sati (right mindfulness),
and (h) Sammā samādhi (right concentration).
One attains the supreme realisation by following the
eight-fold path and the realisation annihilates the suffering
by dispelling ignorance, the first link.
Buddha always preached that all beings are non-eternal
and perishable so that one could be detached from the
mundane pleasures. But, his doctrine of impermanence
was developed as the doctrine of momentariness
(ks� an� abhaṅgavāda). Unlike the orthodox schools of Indian
philosophy, the Buddhist philosophers refute even the
permanence of self. This doctrine is known as anātmavāda.
The Buddhist ethics is the expansion of the fourth noble
truth. Buddhism prescribes the three gems (triratna), viz.,
-
prajñā (knowledge), śila (conduct) and samādhi (meditation)
-
as the means of liberation. The five conducts (pañcaśila) are
very important for a Buddhist monk. These are:
1. non-violence
2. non-stealing
3. celibacy
4. truthfulness
5. not taking any intoxicating things like liquor.
Buddhism started from a social reform to a religion and
turned into a fully grown philosophy. The early Buddhist
literature was in Pali language and in later Buddhist era
the philosophical discourses were carried out in Sanskrit
language.
-
Buddhist religion was bifurcated later on as Hinayāna
-
and Mahāyāna. Hinayāna is spread in south and south-east
Asia. Vaibhāsika and Sautrāntika are the philosophical sects
-
of Hinayāna. Mahāyāna is prevalent in north and north-east
Asia. Yogācāra and Mādhyamika are the philosophical sects
of Mahāyāna. These four sects of Buddhist philosophy along
with Cārvaka and Jainism constitute six schools of heterodox
philosophies (nāstika darśana).
Buddhism has a massive impact on Indian philosophy and
culture. Due to the constant dialogue and debate between
these non-Vedic schools and other schools, Indian philosophy
got developed. Buddhist logic is a unique contribution of
the Buddhists. Along with the spread of Buddhism, Indian
culture reached different countries in the world. Today, the
-
term pañcaśila used in the foreign policy of India has been
coined from Buddhism.
2022-23

āstika PHILOSOPHICAL SYSTEMS
The Sanskrit word Ṣaḍ-Darśana refers to the six systems of
-
Indian Philosophy. They are Sāṅkhya, Yoga, Pūrva-Mi māṁsā,
-
Uttara-Mimāṁsā (Vedānta), Nyāya and Vaiśeṣika. Each of
these systems differs in one way or the other in terms of its
concepts, phenomena, laws and dogmas. It is important to
know that these Āstika Darśanas believe in the authority of
the Vedas. Due to the mutual complementarity with each
other, the six systems constitute the three pairs. These pairs
- -
are Sāṅkhya-Yoga, Pūrva Mimāṁsā-Uttara Mimāṁsā and
Nyāya-Vaiśeṣika. Sāṅkhya and Yoga are complementary to
-
each other in terms of theory and practice. Pūrva Mimāṁsā
-
and Uttara Mimāṁsā are complementary to each other since
the former is based on the ritualistic portion of the Vedas, i.e.,
karmakāṇḍa and the latter is based on the Upaniṣads, Geeta
and Brahmasūtra, i.e., jñānakāṇḍa. Similarly, Nyāya and
Vaiśeṣika are complementary to each other since the former
is rich in epistemology and the latter is rich in metaphysics.
All of these systems have been brought to the fore by a seer;
often called sūtrakāra, i.e., the composer of aphorisms. The
seers and their works are as follows:
Philosophical Systems Seers Works
Sāṁkhya Kapila Sāṁkhyasūtra
Yoga Patañjali Yogasūtra
- -
Pūrva Mimāṁsā Jaimini Mimāṁsāsūtra
-
Uttara Mimāṁsā Bādarāyaṇa Vedāntasūtra
(Vedānta) (Vedavyāsa) (Brahmasūtra)
Nyāya Gautama Nyāyasūtra

Vaiśeṣika Kaṇāda Vaiśeṣikasūtra
Sāṁkhya
The Sāṅkhya or Sāṁkhya philosophy enjoys a unique and
prime position in the history of evolution and development
of almost all the philosophical trends in India. Maharṣi
Kapila is unanimously regarded as the founder of Sāṅkhya
system. He is traditionally believed to be the composer of
sūtras of Sāṅkhya based upon which the system was built
up. However, most of the modern scholars believe that the
original Sāṅkhya sūtras have been lost and the sūtras that
are available by the name of it were composed very late, i.e.,
in the fifteenth century.
After Kapila, the tradition is subsequently taken further
by the writings of the scholars like Āsuri, Pañcaśikhā, Īśvara
2022-23

Kṛṣṇa, etc., Among them Īśvara kṛṣṇa is the most famous
exponent of the system, whose Sāṅkhya kārikā is the first
available textbook to present the philosophy of Sāṅkhya in
an orderly and systematic way.
It is important to mention that though the tradition
attributes Kapila to be the founder of the philosophy, seeds
of Sāṅkhya thoughts are found in the scriptural and other
literatures of the pre-philosophical era. One often comes
across the innumerable references of Sāṅkhya doctrines in
the Upaniṣads and Mahābhārata which were written many
centuries before the time when Kapila presented it as a full-
length philosophical system.
The term Sāṅkhya is interpreted by its exponents in
various ways. Some suggest that the term is derived from
the word ‘Saṅkhyā’ meaning ‘number’ and thus it signifies
a system of thought that describes itself in the systematic
and analytic enumeration of the principles consisting of the
reality, the existence. Some scholars derive the term from
the verbal root khyā (to see) with the prefix sam, which
denotes an idea of philosophical reflection and ultimately
it signifies a system of thought dedicated to the reflection
on the distinctness of pure consciousness and matter from
each other.
Like all other systems, Sāṅkhya also considers ignorance to
be the fundamental cause of human bondage and sufferings,
and it’s only through the emergence of right knowledge that
one can free oneself from them. And the right knowledge can
be gained only by adopting the valid means of knowing.
According to Sāṅkhya there can be only three valid means
(pramāṇas) of acquiring the right cognition which are—direct
sense perception (Dṛṣṭa/Pratyakṣa), inference (Anumāna)
and verbal testimony (Āptavacana). Sāṅkhya doesn’t accept
Upamāna or analogy to be a valid source of knowledge.
Sāṅkhya accepts two ultimate realities, namely, the Prakṛti
or the insentient nature and the Puruṣa or the ‘soul’. These
two are eternal according to Kapila. According to the Sāṅkhya
system of philosophy, something can never be produced out
of nothing. One can see the influence of the Nyāya system on
the Sāṅkhya system when it comes to the process of creation.
Pleasure, pain and indifference are derived by the three ‘guṇas’
or ‘qualities’, namely, Sattva, Rajas and Tamas. Sattva guṇa
gives rise to happiness or pleasure, Rajas produces pain and
suffering whereas Tamas gives rise to inactivity.
The three qualities mentioned above reside in the Prakṛti,
a state of perfect balance. Sāṅkhya says that the entire
universe is born out of the Prakṛti. Puruṣa on the other
2022-23

hand is as innumerable as there are living beings. Puruṣa
is all-pervading and eternal, that is conscious in its very
essence. Sāṅkhya believes in the creation of the universe
as a result of the union between Prakṛti and Puruṣa. The
very first evolute that issues forth from the Prakṛti by the
combination of the three guṇas is the Mahat or the cosmic
intellect. Cosmic ego is born out of the cosmic intellect. There
are various evolutes issuing forth from different parts of the
cosmic ego characterised by the guṇas. There are a total of
25 cosmic principles of which the Puncha Mahabhutās are
mostly referred to in modern texts. It comprises air, water,
fire, earth and ether.
Yoga
Sāṅkhya and Yoga are often described as two allied systems
of philosophy. Many a times these two systems are referred
to as the theoretical and practical aspects of one and the
same philosophy. This is well known that the Yoga system
builds up its base on the pre-supposition of the metaphysics
and the epistemology propounded by the Sāṇkhya school.
Patañjali (second century B.C.) is known to be the founder
of Yoga system. He is the author of the Yogasūtra, the
oldest textbook of Yoga philosophy wherein he describes the
composition, nature and functions of human mind. Patañjali
has outlined the scientific ways and methods of controlling
the mental modifications which according to him is the only
means of liberation, the ultimate goal of human life.
Aṣṭāṅga Yoga aims at the final state of spiritual absorption
through eight folds, the eight limbs of Yoga. These aṅgas are
Yama, Niyama, Āsana, Prāṇāyāma, Pratyāhāra, Dhāraṇā,
Dhyāna and Samādhi. Yama aims at internal purification,
Niyāma aims at external purity. Āsana consists of the
performance of the postures of Yoga, Prāṇāyāma is breath
control, Pratyāhāra results from the withdrawal of sense
organs from the corresponding sense objects, Dhāraṇā is
concentration, Dhyāna is meditation and Samādhi is the final
state of spiritual absorption. These eight limbs of Yoga can
be divided into three sets. Initial two are moral disciplines,
middle three are external disciplines and the last three are
internal disciplines.
The Yoga system accepts three fundamental realities,
namely, Īśvara, Puruṣa and Prakṛti or the primordial matter.
Patañjali says that scriptures are the sources of the existence
of Īśvara. Īśvara is omniscient and is free from the qualities
inherent in Prakṛti.
2022-23

Patanjali defines Yoga as ‘Chitta-vṛtti-nirodha’, i.e., Yoga is
the restraint of the mental operations. Patañjali names some
obstacles to the path of Yoga. They are called ‘Antarāyas’
and they include Vyādhi (illness), styāna (apathy), Saṁśaya
(doubt), Pramāda (inadvertence), Ālasya (laziness), Avirati
(incontinence), Bhrāntidarśana (wrong understanding),
Alabdha Bhūmikatva (non-attainment of mental plane) and
Anavasthitatva (instability). In addition to the obstacles
mentioned above, Patañjali accepts five more obstacles called
Duhkha (pain), Daurmanasya (frustration), Aṅgamejayatva
(fickle limbs), Śvāsa (spasmodic breathing in) and Praśvāsa
(spasmodic breathing out).
Nyāya
The term ‘nyāya’ means logic. The nyāya system of philosophy
is the pioneer in establishing the Indian logic. It is formally
established by Akṣapāda Gautama (A.D. 150) though the
history of the tradition goes back to sixth century B.C.
Vātsyāyana (A.D. 450) is another important scholar who wrote
Nyāya bhāṣya, a commentary on Nyāya sūtra of Gautama.
These two texts are the building blocks of the nyāya system.
The nyāya system believes that the world is real and our
experience of the same is true. It admits sixteen categories viz.,
Pramāṇa (means of valid knowledge), Prameya (object of valid
knowledge), saṁśaya (doubt), Prayojana (purpose), dṛṣṭānta
(illustration), Siddhānta (tenet), Avayava (components of
an argument), Tarka (hypothetical reasoning), Nirṇaya
(ascertainment), Vāda (debate), Jalpa (wrangling), Vitaṇḍā
(cavil), Hetvābhāsa (logical fallacy), Cala (quibble), Jāti (wrong
analogy) and Nigrahasthāna (point of defeat).
Since the attainment of liberation (apavarga) is the highest
goal of human life, the nyāya philosophy shows the path for
the same. The right knowledge of the twelve prameyas i.e.,
self, mind, senses, body, etc., are directly helpful to attain the
liberation. But, the right knowledge of fifteen more categories
is indirectly helpful for the same. Basically, all the sixteen
categories are connected with logic and art of debate.
The nyāya accepts four means of valid knowledge viz.,
pratyakṣa (perception), anumāna (inference), upamāna
(comparison) and śabda (verbal testimony).
The nyāya philosophy accepts the existence of God
‘Īśvara’. The cycle of creation and dissolution is without any
beginning and the universe is created by Īśvara with the
help of the eternal atoms, time, individual minds, space and
-
individual selves (jivas) and ether, in accordance with the
-
past deeds of the individual selves (jivas).
2022-23

This system gives an ultimate model of philosophical
analysis in which any school of philosophy can be understood.
In the model, all beings are subsumed under the framework of
valid knowledge (pramā), means valid knowledge (pramāṇa),
object of valid knowledge (prameya) and subject of valid
knowledge (pramātā).
The exposition of nyāya would be incomplete if we do not
mention the contribution of Gaṅgeśa Upādhyāya (A.D. 1320)
of Mithila. He was the founder of neo-logic (Navya-Nyāya).
For the first time, he developed an artificial language of logic
for expressing the philosophical jargons with utter accuracy
leaving behind even the minor possibility of ambiguity. He
used the same language in his magnum opus Tattvacintāmaṇi.
The importance of nyāya is evident by the fact that different
philosophical schools and other disciplines too have used
their logic, art of debate and the navya-nyāya language in
their respective fields to a great extent.
Vaiśeṣika
The founder of the Vaiśeṣika system of Indian philosophy
is Kaṇāda (A.D. 100). It is also called Aulukya Darśana.
The tradition believes it as one of the oldest philosophies
like Sāṅkhya in India. Praśastapāda (A.D. 400) is another
important philosopher; who wrote Padārtha dharma
saṅgraha, a commentary on the Vaiśeṣika sūtra of Kaṇāda.
The later scholars of the Vaiśeṣika School have developed
their ideas merely on these two texts.
The Vaiśeṣika system believes in the reality of the world
and recognises seven ‘Padārthas’ or categories, which are:
substance (dravya), quality (guṇa), action (karma), generality
(sāmānya), particularity (viśeṣa), relation of inherence
(samavāya) and non-existence (abhāva). In fact, the name
Vaiśeṣika is kept because it is the one that introduced
particularity (viśeṣa) as category. The system also believes
that liberation is the supreme goal of human life. One can
attain liberation through the knowledge of the similarities
and the dissimilarities of these categories.
The followers of this system of philosophy also accept
the existence of God and they say that the god created,
sustained and destroyed the universe. According to the
Vaiśeṣika School, the will of God is the cause for creation.
He causes the combination of the moving atoms and thus is
instrumental in the creation of the world. At the time of the
dissolution of the universe the entire world is reduced to the
primary state of the seven categories.
2022-23

The Nyāya and Vaiśeṣika have been independent systems
till tenth century. But, after that a combined stream known
as Nyāya-Vaiśesika is found. The Vaiśesika system is given
credit to discover the atomic theory of creation for the
first time. It has also influenced the Indian medicine, i.e.,
Āyurveda.
Pūrva Mi-māṁsā
-
The philosophical system of Pūrva Mimāṁsā was founded
-
by Jaimini. Mimāṁsā believes firmly in the performance of
rituals and supports the view that the body is perishable but
the soul survives even after the death and it reserves the
right to enjoy the results of the rituals in heaven. The school
firmly believes in the preservation of the effect or the fruits of
the rituals by a remarkable power. It believes that the Vedas
are impeccable in what they say. It does not talk about the
Brahman or the ‘Supreme Entity’ but says that the world is
real. Mimamsa strictly is of the opinion that whatever we do
in our life are not dreams or illusion but are real.
Jaimini accepts the two types of knowledge, namely,
Pratyakṣa (immediate knowledge) and Parokṣa (mediate
knowledge). Source of Parokṣa Jñāna is of five kinds, namely
Anumāna (inference), Upamāna (comparison), Śabda (verbal
testimony), Arthāpatti (postulation) and Anupalabdhi (non-
perception). Jaimini accepts the plurality of soul. He says
that the souls are eternal but they definitely undergo
transmigration as per the actions performed by the bodies.
Liberation is considered to be the highest good for humanity.
Liberation puts an end to the transmigration of the soul.
Performance of the daily duties brings about liberation. On
the other hand the non-performance of actions or daily duties
causes disruption in the path of liberation.
One of the most important observations made by the
-
Pūrva Mimāṁsā system of philosophy is that there is no
need for the existence of God to create the world as well as
rewarding or punishing human actions. This is because of
the fact that all the material needed for the formation and
the creation of the world is available eternally. Also actions
have innate potency of bringing their fruits to the performer
-
of those actions. Hence, Mimāṁsā does not speak about the
existence of God.
-
One of the major contributions of Mimāṁsā has been its
emphasis on the study of language hermeneutics. The system
has developed a superb science of sentence interpretation.
The impact of the principles of sentence interpretation can
also be seen in the making and functioning of the present day
judiciary system as well as other walks of modern life. This
2022-23

philosophy has a unique belief system that the Vedas are not
human made, but self-originated.
-
Uttara Mi māṁsā
-
The philosophical system of Uttara Mi māṁsā does not have a
specific founder since it is a conglomeration of three different
schools of thought, namely Advaita, Viśiṣṭādvaita and Dvaita.
-
The philosophical system of Utttara Mi māṁsā is otherwise
called Vedānta. All the three schools of Vedānta have
different teachers. Ādi Śaṅkara is the head of the Advaita
system of Vedānta philosophy. Rāmānuja is the architect of
the Viśiṣṭādvaita system of Vedānta and Mādhva is the head
of the Dvaita system of Vedānta philosophy.
Ādi Śaṅkara is the first philosopher who identified the
philosophical truths expounded in the Upaniṣads attached
to the Vedas. Jaimini gave importance to the Karma Kāṇḍa
portion of the Vedas whereas Śaṅkara saw the Supreme
Truth that lay firm in the message of the Upaniṣads. Śaṅkara
called the world illusory as a result of Māyā or delusion.
Māyā causes the illusion akin to the cognition of serpent
on the rope. A person gripped by ignorance fails to see the
substratum of the universe. Brahman is the substratum of
the universe. It is not seen due to delusion or Māyā. Śaṅkara
calls the universe an illusion and the Brahman or the Supreme
Entity as Truth. Everything around us is adventitious of the
Brahman. Into Brahman all creation goes. Deluge is the
ultimate condition during which the Brahman withdraws all
its creation unto itself.
Ramanuja advocated the Viśiṣṭādvaita school of Vedāntic
thought. It is a qualified version of monism and hence is
called qualified monism. Ramanuja differs from Sankara
-
only a little in the sense that he considers the ji va or the
individual soul as the entity different from the body and is
infinite in number and cannot be one with the Supreme as
long as it is confined in a body. Mādhva, the founder of the
-
Dvaita school of Vedāntic thought says that the jivas or the
souls can attain liberation through bhakti and the grace
of God. It is important to note that all the three teachers
accepted Vedas as a valid means of knowledge.
Baring the Cārvākas, we observe the following salient
features of Indian Philosophy:
(a) Indian philosophy is usually spiritual in its nature
(b) Indian philosophy is emanated from the experience of
sufferings
(c) Religion and philosophy are intertwined and sometimes
they are inseparable
(d) It is a complete and comprehensive system
2022-23

(e) It usually believes in the doctrine of karma and rebirth
(f) It is not person-centric, but a tradition-oriented system
(g) Liberation is the summum bonum of Indian philosophical
tradition
(h) Ignorance is the root cause of sufferings
(i) The practical aspect of the Yoga philosophy is acceptable
to all the schools
Indian culture is a cornucopia of different philosophical
and religious sects. Following different faiths, the Indians
have been living together with peace and harmony for around
three thousand years. There is an inherent harmony among
most of the schools of Indian philosophy. Swami Vivekanand
has often quoted the verse from Śiva mahima stotra of
Puṣpadanta in support of Universalist approach of Indian
culture. It says — “Different paths to realisation are enjoined
by the three Vedās, by Sāṅkhya, Yoga, Pāśupata doctrine
and Vaiṣṇava Śāstras. People follow different paths, straight
or crooked, according to their temperament, depending on
which they consider best or most appropriate and reach You,
alone, just as rivers enter the ocean.”
त्रयी सांखयं योग: पशपु तिमिं वैष्णवतमति प्रतिन्ने प्रस्ा्ने परतमदमद: पथयतमति चI
रुची्ां वैतचत्याद् ऋजक ु ु तिल्ा्ाप्जषु ां ्ृ्णामनेको गमयस्तवमतस पयसाम्ण्णव इवII
Śiva mahima stotra of Pus� padanta; 7
EXERCISE
1. Answer in one sentence

(a) Name any three orthodox schools of Indian philosophy.
(b) Who is the propounder of Advaita Vedānta?
(c) What is the meaning of Darśana?
(d) Name any five major Pramāṇas of Indian philosophy.
(e) Who is the author of Tattvārthādhigama Sūtra?
2. Write answers briefly

(a) What do you mean by Indian philosophy?
(b) Define Mokṣa according to Jaina philosophy?
-
(c) Explain the belief of Mimāṁsā.
(d) What is the aim of Viśiṣṭādvaita?
(e) Write any major characteristic of Indian philosophy.
3. Write short notes on the following

(a) Aṣṭāṅga Yoga
-
(b) Pañcaśila
(c) Puruṣa of Sāṅkhya
2022-23

(d) Padārtha in Nyāya-Vaiśeṣika system
(e) Ārya Satya
4. Answer in 200 words

(a) What do you mean by Indian philosophy? Give some salient
features of Indian philosophy.
(b) Do you think the Cārvāka philosophy is more relevant to
the modern world as it propagates worldly pleasure only?
Comment.
(c) ‘Buddha emancipates the entire humanity from suffering’—
comment on the basis of Buddhist philosophy.
(d) Give a brief sketch of categories, propounded by Vaiśeṣika
(e) Write an essay on valid knowledge of Nyāya.
5. Match the columns

(A) (B)
Śaṅkara Yoga
Yama Mādhava
Sarvadarśansaṅgraha Sāṅkhya
Prakṛti Jaina
Anekāntavāda Vedānta
PROJECT
1. You must have witnessed some fights or quarrels with your

friends or family members or surroundings. Try to analyse
the root cause of that and write a diary note explaining the
philosophical principles working behind it.
-
2. Read carefully the Bhagavad Gi ta and write an essay on what
qualities need to be developed to become a mature person.
2022-23

GLOSSARY
Aphorism— a short phrase that says something true or wise.

Celibacy— the state of not being married and never having sex,
especially for religious reasons.
Cessation— the stopping of something; a pause in something.
Conglomeration— a mixture of different things that are found all
together.
Cornucopia— a decorative object shaped like an animal’s horn,
shown in art as full of fruit and flowers.
Dogmas— a belief or set of beliefs held by a group or organization,
which others are expected to accept without argument.
Epistemology— the part of philosophy that deals with knowledge.
Incontinence— the lack of ability to control the bladder and bowels.
Hermeneutics— the area of study that analyses and explains
written texts.
Metaphysical— connected with the branch of philosophy that
deals with the nature of existence, truth and knowledge.
Mundane— not interesting or exciting.
Doctrine— a belief or set of beliefs held and taught by a Church, a
political party, etc.
Renouncing— to state publicly that you no longer have a particular
belief or that you will no longer behave in a particular way.
Rigorous— done carefully and with a lot of attention to detail.
Seers— a person who claims that they can see what is going to
happen in the future.
Spasmodic— happening suddenly for short periods of time; not
regular or continuous.
Sect— a small group of people who belong to a particular religion
but who have some beliefs or practices which separate them from
the rest of the group.
Treatise— a long and serious piece of writing on a particular
subject.
2022-23

3
Performing Art
Traditions in India
Arts have always been very important in human life. Basic
need of human beings to express gets communicated to others
through various arts. Recent researches throw light on how
during the prehistoric period people used to express through
art forms. Art is a diverse range of human activities resulting
out of creative skills and imagination. Vātsyāyana has
described sixty four arts. Interestingly, in that list, the first
four are performing arts—vocal music, instrumental music,
dance and theatre. This also indicates that a strong tradition
of Performing Arts can be traced back to the old civilisation
of India. In broader sense, performing arts require skills in
which the artistic expression is conveyed to the audience
through performer’s voice, body gestures or through sound
objects or musical instruments. In everyday life, it is done
through folk music, folk dance, folk theatre such as Jātrā,
Nauṭaṁki, etc., by the common people. To practice the art in
a specific specialised manner, it is referred to as the classical
art forms such as, music, dance and theatre which has
evolved over the centuries having a strong tradition with laid
down rules and regulations.
Performing arts occupy a significant place in the Indian

Source: Pragetihasik Bhartiya
society. There can be no doubt about the fact that art forms, Chitrakalaa Mein Sangeet
be it performing or visual, reflect the thinking process of
2022-23
3--Performing Art Traditions in India.indd 37 15-10-2020 14:26:09

the society which comprises its people, their habitat, ethos,
emotions, and uniqueness of communities and surroundings.
MUSIC IN INDIA
- -
Indian music, i.e., Bhārati ya Sangi ta has built a strong
background over different occasions simultaneously
enriching our culture. It has a rich treasure of classical,
regional and folk forms expressed through vocal music and
-
instrumental music. Music comprises three art forms, i.e., Gi ta,
Source: Pragetihasik Bhartiya -
Chitrakalaa Mein Sangeet
Vādya and Nṛtya as referred in Sangi ta Ratnākara written by
-
Pt. Sharangdev “गीतं, वाद्ं त्रयं संगीतमचु यते” In Saṅgi ta Pārijāta;, Pt.
Ahobal has said: “गीतावादित्रनृतयानां रदति साधारण गणु ः अतो ररतिदवहीनं यतन तत्
संगीतमचु यते ”.
Indian Music has been continuously affected by the social
and religious conditions. It has gradually evolved through
different periods and stages. The development of Indian
music can be classified into three main periods:
1. Ancient Period
2. Medieval Period, and
3. Modern Period
Ancient Period (2500 B.C. – A.D. 1200)

The origin of Indian music can be traced back to evidences
from the Indus Valley Civilisation. This period is also known
as Vedic period. During this period, the Vedic hymns were
chanted and some of them were also set to tune and rhythm.
The rhythmic recitations of Ṛgveda were known as Ṛcās
(ऋचायें). Sāmaveda is the compilation of these selected Ṛcās
set to Svaras keeping their proposed Chanda (छंि) or rhythmic
meters. Only three Svaras — Udātta (उिात्त), Anudātta (अनिु ात्त)
and Svarita (सवररत) were used in Sāmagāna. Udātta was the
sharp pitch, Anudātta was grave pitch and Svarita combined
in itself the characteristics of both the pitches.
-
In Pāṇini ya Śikṣā, Pāṇini has mentioned two additional
Svaras — 1. Uccaistara, higher than the Udātta and
2. Sannatara lower than the Anudātta. Further, seven
notes evolved from these three Vedic Svaras. According to
-
Pāṇini ya Śikṣā:
“उिात्ते दनषाि-गांधारौ, अनिु ात्ते ऋषभ-धैवतौ
शेषासतु सवररता: गेया: षड्ज-मधयम-पंचमाः”
which means Niṣāda (Ni, the seventh svara) and Gāndhāra
(ga, the third svara) arise from Udātta; Ṛṣabha (Re, the
second svara) and Dhaivata (Dha, the sixth svara) arise from
Dancing Shiva Anudātta; and Ṣaḍja (Sa, the first svara), Madhyama (Ma,
Source: https://nroer.gov.in/ the fourth svara) and Pañcama (Pa, the fifth svara) originate
from Svarita.
2022-23

- -
There are two streams of music known as Mārgi and Deśi .
- -
1. Mārgi or Gāndharva Saṅgi ta was practiced for salvation.
- -
2. Deśi Saṅgi ta which was further divided into classical,
semi-classical, folk music, etc.
Gradually Sāmagāna developed into Gāndharva
which was further developed during the Rāmāyaṇa, the
Mahābhārata and Purāṇas.
-
The epic Rāmāyaṇa composed by Vālmiki has the reference
-
of terms like Saṅgi ta, Svara, Laya, Tāla, Mātrā, Mūrchanā,
-
Jāti, Mārg Saṅgi ta and Gāndharva. The reference of musical
instruments is also available in the epic, such as, Vipañci,
-
Vallaki, etc. Mahābhārata written by Kṛṣṇadvaipāyana
Vyāsa, has musical terms such as Grāma, Mūrchanā and
the names of seven basic Svaras such as Ṣaḍja, Ṛṣabha, etc.
It also has the reference of musical instruments used during
- - -
this period, such as Bheri, Jharjhari, Tūrya, Viṇā, etc.
Bharat’s Nāṭyaśāstra is the most important and pioneer

work of music, dance and drama. It has 36 chapters, out
of which six chapters (28th – 33rd) are related to music.
-
Śruti, Grāma, Grāmarāgas, Jāti, Mūrchanā, Gi ti, Alaṅkāra,
-
etc., have been discussed in depth in the book. Dhruva Gi ta
had a special place in Nāṭya. These were used in between
different scenes called Nāṭya Sandhis. Concept of Rasa for
aesthetic experience has also been discussed elaborately Raag Mala Chitra: Bhairvi
in Nāṭyaśāstra. This is the first text available on the Source: Centre for Cultural
Resources and Training (CCRT)
classification of Indian Instruments.
PERFORMING ART TRADITIONS IN INDIA 39
2022-23

Classification of Indian instruments
1. Tat (string instruments)
-
2. Suśirā (wind instruments)
3. Avanādha (percussion instruments)
4. Ghana (instruments made of brass or wood)
Loka Vādya
Guru-Śiṣya Paramparā or the Oral Tradition

Music in India has been passed on in a tradition described
as Guru-Śiṣya Paramparā (teacher-disciple tradition). In
the gurukula system of education (from the Vedic Era
to the medieval era), a pupil or śiṣya, after his initiation
(sacred thread ceremony), lived in the house of his guru, or
teacher, and studied the Vedas and other subjects under his
guidance, for a period of 12 years. Gurus were expected to
teach everything they knew to the disciple. The Gurukula was
the precedent of the concept of gharāna in Hindustani music
from the eighteenth to twentieth century, the difference
being, in a gharāna, the learning was strictly in music and
-
dance in a particular style or śaili. Knowledge in dance and
music was passed on from one generation to the other
through this oral tradition, there was no written word or
process of documentation in earlier times. It evolved through
successive generations. Even in the present times, music
and dance classical traditions are learnt in the guru-śiṣya
paramparā.
2022-23

Medieval Period (A.D. 1201 – A.D. 1800)
The medieval period is known for the development of musical
forms, musical instruments and documentation of music in
a vast number of authentic texts which are available in the
shape of Grantha (ग्रन्थ) to understand the growth of classical
music.
Śāraṅgadeva (A.D. 1210–1247) was the author of the
-
important musicological text Saṅgita Ratnākara. In this
-
text, the author describes Saṅgita (music) as a composite
-
art consisting of Gi ta (melodic forms), Vādya (forms for
drumming) and Nṛtya (dance, literally movements of the limbs
- -
of the body). Sańgita is of two kinds—Mārga-sańgita and
- - - -
Deśi-sańgita. The music for the mass was Deśi Saṅgita. The
construction and techniques of playing musical instruments
like 14 kinds of drums and other rhythm-instruments have Musician: Mughal Painting
of 17th Century
been vividly discussed.
Source: CCRT
In the medieval period, with the advent of Muslims,
classical music in India began to evolve as two distinct
traditions — (i) Hindustani Music and (ii) Carnatic Music.
Hindustani Music spread to northern, eastern and western
parts of India and Carnatic Music to the whole of Southern
or Deccan Plateau region. There was a difference in the
language, singing style, svarsthānas, rhythmic (Tāla)
patterns and melodic structures owing to regional contexts
- -
and political changes. Both temple music and Darbāri Saṅgi
ta came into being in the northern region. The classical
tradition of Southern India maintained its purity and
tradition restoring it in the sanctity of the temples. Many
Indian and non-Indian cultures took an active part in this
transformation. The advent of Islam at the end of the twelfth
century brought Persian music and culture in the northern,
eastern and western parts of the country. Personalities such
as Amir Khusro, Raja Man Singh Tomar, Mian Tansen,
Swami Haridas, Baiju Bavra, Gopal Nayak contributed
in the development of Hindustani Classical Music during
this period.
In the Bhakti movement, literature and music played
a major role in propagating philosophies of human life.
The works of composers like Jayadeva (eleventh century),
Vidyapati (A.D. 1375), Chandidas (fourteenth to fifteenth
century), Bhakta Narasimha (A.D. 1416–1475) and Meerabai
(A.D. 1555–1603), Kabir and Tulsidas (fourteenth and
fifteenth century), Surdas, Vallabhacharya and Chaitanya
(seventeenth century) had a very strong impact on music
traditions and practices during this period.
2022-23

Development of musical forms
In ancient period, Jāti Gāyana developed into Prabandha
gāyana. Later in medieval period musical forms like,
Dhrupada, Dhamāra, Khayāl, Tarānā, etc., evolved from
Prabandha. Music which was accompanying drama had
evolved now as an autonomous art form. New styles in
- - -
instrumental music such as Masitkhāni and Rāzkhani
were developed in the medieval period. Pt. Somnath in his
text Rāga Vivodha, described two fold description of Rāga,
i.e., Devamāyā svarūpa (describing ethos of the Rāga) and
Nādamaya svarūpa—tonal structure of the Rāga. Rāga’s
poetic description for better understanding of the ethos
of a Rāga, lead to the creation of Dhyāna Mantras. These
dhyānas were later depicted through Rāga-mālā paintings.
-
Rāgiṇi Basant
Source: CCRT
Many new instruments like Sitār, and Tablā were

developed. Amir Khusro, a very famous musician, is believed
-
to have evolved many musical forms like Qawwāli , Qual,
-
Kalbana, etc., Rāgas like Yaman, Sāzgiri , Tālas such as
Chapaka, Fartost, etc. Under the patronage of kings, artists
were encouraged to practice the intricacies of musical forms
to refine their skills to higher levels of perfection. Gradually,
musical forms started developing their traditions and styles
by the efforts of practicing artists. This resulted into
establishing ‘Gharānā System’. Gharānā is a term used to
explain the belonging to a legacy of musical traditions either
by lineage or by practicing a particular musical style. Every
Gharānā has its own distinct features which emerge from
mannerism and application. The concept of Guru-Śiṣya
(Teacher-Pupil) leads to the sustainability of Gharānā.
2022-23

Modern Period (A.D. 1800 – Till date)
In this period, Indian music flourished in the courts of kings.
Few foreign scholars such as Sir William Jones, Sir W.
Ouseley and Captain C.R. Day, Captain N.A. Willard showed
a great aptitude for Hindustani Music and they wrote many
valuable books on music. During this period Muhammad
Raza (1813) wrote an important treatise Naghmat-e-Asafi. He
is believed to be the first to adopt the Bilawal Scale as is
Shuddha Scale.
Pt. V.N. Bhatkhande and Pt. V.D. Paluskar worked hard
for the upliftment of music and musicians by organising
music conferences, establishing music institutions and
writing books. Efforts were made by Pt. V.N. Bhatkhande and
Pt. V.D. Paluskar for documentation of music by evolving
systematised Notation System.
This period is known for a revolutionary change in field
of music introducing it in formal education system. Many
scholars of this period have worked hard to get recognised as
a discipline parallel to other disciplines.
THEATRE
As a child all of us have played ghar-ghar (playing house). This
way we playfully observed, imitated, became any character of
choice, and had great fun. This is often referred as dramatic
instinct in human beings. Drama is derived from a Greek word
‘drama’ meaning ‘to do’, ‘to act’. Aristotle defined it as ‘imitated
human life’. Drama is also often called ‘play’ (khel or natak
khelna in Hindi). Adults also play drama albeit in different
ways. All of us play multiple roles in day-to-day life: one single
person playing the role of a mother at home, teacher at school,
passenger in a bus, etc. This may be called role play in real
life. In formal theatre, drama is enacted on stage and there
are two groups who participate — (i) actors and (ii) audience.
Dramatic enactments have been part of communities
from prehistoric times, and each civilisation had developed
2022-23

its own norms of theatre. “The origin of Indian drama, as of
significant drama anywhere else in the world, probably lies
in the tribal ritual dances and celebration of antiquity. What
began as community participation would gradually break
down into two groups—those who perform and those who
watch, that is the actors and the audience”.—Som Benegal1
In India, there developed a rich tradition in theatre,
particularly the classical Sanskrit drama. Natyaśāstra2,
ascribed to Sage Bharata, the oldest treatise on dramaturgy,
gives an interesting account of the origin of Indian Nāṭya
tradition in the opening chapter.
Mythological Story on the Origin of Indian Theatre
It is said that the four Vedas—as repository of knowledge and
wisdom were accessible to upper castes and classes (Varṇas),
and not to women and lower caste or class. Dissatisfied with
this situation, the Gods went to Brahmā, the creator, for a
solution. The creator suggested the creation of the Fifth veda
(Pañcamaveda) as Nāṭyaveda. This task was accomplished
by Sage Bharata by way
of extracting the wisdom
of Rigveda, performative
rituals of Sāmaveda,
musicality of Yajurveda and
emotive representations
of Atharvaveda. The
voluminous work, thus
created, embodied all
physical, theoretical and
conceptual ideas behind
traditional Indian drama.
Nāṭyaśāstra, thus, speaks
about the thought process
and behaviour of people,
their temperament, problems
in society, needs, sorrow,
etc., paving the way and
promise for a better life.3 It is
recommended to go through
important texts written by
Shaktibhadra, Neelakantha
Kalidasa, Bhattanarayana,
Viswanatha and Kaviraja,
who incorporated elements
of Nāṭyaśāstra in their
original writing.
2022-23

The early drama was a combination of mime, poetry, prose,
dialogue, humour, songs and dance. This made theatre as
an all inclusive art form. Gradually it became an important
medium for entertainment, learning, communication and
reflexive thinking on human conditions.
The tradition of theatre in India certainly developed much
before Nāṭyaśāstra; but systematic thinking or theorising
about theatre arts started taking shape with Nāṭyaśāstra. It
is believed that Nāṭyaśāstra had developed by compiling and
conceptualising the prevailing folk traditions. The dramatic
representations were conceived in three distinct forms; Nāṭya
or the verbal act inclusive of singing; Nṛtya the non-verbal
mimetic language, and Nṛtta or the language of body or
dancing. For Bharata, the composite term Abhinaya would
mean—Abhi, meaning learning from the play and ni, meaning
to carry it forward. It intends to entertain and educate
people simultaneously. When we talk of arts intervention in
education today, we must critically judge its implications in
the present times.
Ancient drama tradition can be categorised in two ways—
Nataka which is lokadharmi or popular, and nāṭyadharmi or
conventional. Sanskrit plays had a Sūtradhāra who created
a link of events in a play through commentary, musical
interlude or interpretative extempore.
Nāṭyaśāstra was written in Sanskrit. Kalidasa, the most
celebrated poet of the Gupta era, wrote plays in Sanskrit and
followed the Nāṭyaśāstra tradition. This establishes the fact
that Nāṭyaśāstra was a pre-Gupta text. Another important
point to be noted is the aspect of dependence of Sanskrit
theatre on royal patronage. Necessarily, the audience of this
theatre was social elite.
2022-23

One can count about 35 plays from the classical Sanskrit
genre but there are many more mentioned by others that are
yet to be discovered. All the available ones are not classics.
Ashvaghosha
Palm-leaf fragments found in Central Asia take us back to the
Kushan period of the A.D. first century. The earliest Sanskrit
play, an unfinished one, comes in the form of a nine-act
Buddhist play by Ashvaghosha, the court poet of the Kushan
King Kanishka. This earliest Sanskrit play is called Sāriputra
Prakaraṇa. Kalidasa, the most recognised poet-playwright who
lived sometime in the fifth century in the glorious Gupta period
of Indian history penned such classics as Mālavikāgnimitram,
and Abhijñāna-Śākuntalam which are performed even today.
Shudraka wrote Mṛcchakatikam, which is undoubtedly a
Ashvaghosha
masterpiece. Vishakhadatta’s Mudrārākṣasam was written
two hundred years later in the A.D. ninth century. One must
remember Bhavabhuti, a scholarly Brahmin, proficient in
rhetoric and logic, has left three works: two of which may
-
be called historical-mythological—Mahāvira-caritam and
Uttararāma-caritam—both dealing with the Ramayana,
and the third with a romance titled Mālati-Mādhavam. The
Sanskrit plays of Bhasha, Kalidasa, Shudraka, Harsha
and Bhavabhuti complete a representative cross-section of
Sanskrit drama.
The glory of Sanskrit drama declined through ninth to
twelfth centuries, in the face of political turmoil. The language
was also a big factor of its losing popularity.
The decline of Sanskrit
drama did not mean the
decline of drama of Indian
theatre. The growth of the
Prakṛts made Sanskrit
rather irrelevant and these
popular languages threw
up their own literatures
and with it came a trend
of powerful folk theatre
tradition which survived
the varied time and
periods of history. This
trend of theatre survives
right down to this day in
many parts of the country.
We find a few references
of Urdu theatre in the
court of Wazid Ali Shah
Sanskrit Play
who was a great patron
2022-23

of all performing
arts. Although the
ancient literature of
the South, notably
Tamil literature, has
many references to
drama and dramatic
performances, there
is little evidence
of written plays
with authorship.
A form known as
Kuttu meaning play
or entertainment
is found in Tamil
literature. The Kuttu
persists to this day
in many forms of
folk. There is the
therukuttu form Sanskrit Play
which appears to
be a wholly rural artistic tradition. The most splendid and
enduring contribution of the South to Indian theatre is
storytelling traditions through dance and dance-drama.
Notable among these are: Bharatanatyam, Kathakali,
Bhāgavata Mela Nāṭakam, Yakṣagaṇa and Kuchipudi. The
Bhāgavata Mela Nāṭakam, Yakṣagaṇa and Kuchipudi are said
to be the regional variations of Indian Classical Theatrical
tradition and they are sturdily dramatic in form employing
special dazzling elaborate costumes and make-up. Although
the Bhāgavata Mela Nāṭakam originally came from Tamil
Nadu, its greatest manifestation is found in Andhra Pradesh
which is also the home of Kuchipudi. On the contrary,
Kathakali is a product of Kerala and perhaps the most
vigorous and dramatic of all Indian dance-drama forms. The
essence of all these dramatic forms is in the intersection of
drama, dance, mime, gesture and music. In that sense, it
may be considered as excellent examples of theatre in toto.
Modern Developments
With the coming of the colonial rule, we find a strong
influence of western, particularly English theatre tradition
in the making of modern Indian theatre. It had interesting
features: though essentially urban, it incorporated many
classical and folk features and it simultaneously helped in
the rise of commercial theatre and played a crucial role in
raising nationalist sentiments. One may mention the names
of Girish Chandra Ghosh and Bharatendu Harishchandra
2022-23

in this context. What followed was a good mixture of
entertainment, nationalism and social reform.
One interesting development was Bombay Parsi theatre.
Its initiator was a shrewd and resourceful man named Pestonji
Framji who started the ‘Original Theatrical Company’ around
1870. His success led to the establishment of as many as
six other flourishing companies, some of them breakaways
from earlier groups. Although Bombay was their base, these
companies travelled widely over North Indian and one of them,
the Victoria Theatrical Company of Khurshidji Balliwala,
even ventured as far as Britain.
We find simultaneous development of Bengali, Marathi,
Kannad and other regional theatres together with the revival
of many classical forms particularly in dance drama theatre.
From 1930s to post independence period saw the rise of
innovative forays theatre, music and dance. Uday Shankar’s
ballet, Rukmini Devi Arundale’s Kalashetra attracted
international attention and the rise of Indian People’s Theatre
Association (IPTA) changed the face of modern theatre forever.
Drawing upon the classical, folk and world theatre
practices, IPTA paved the way for experimentations in
developing new form and content in tackling emerging realities
of post independent India. IPTA had inspired an enormous
body of talents who subsequently enriched all the art fields
including dance, music, literature, theatre and even cinema.
Mention may be made of some post independent
personalities who shaped the contemporary Indian theatre:
Sombhu Mitra, Chandrashekhar Kambar, Utpal Dutt, Habib
Tanvir, Badal Sarkar, Mohan Rakesh, K.N. Panikkar, Vijay
Tendulkar, Ibrahim Alkazi, Ratan Thyam, Girish Karnad,
to name only a few. To
understand the very
recent developments in
Indian theatre, one needs
to study and understand
the specific contributions
of these people. We
also need to look into
-
the way Saṅgita Nātaka
Akademi and National
School of Drama — two
Government institutions,
have played their roles
in shaping contemporary
Indian theatre. In recent
years, theatre is playing
interesting role in
Yakshagana performance connecting education and
social action.
2022-23

We also need to appreciate the role played by folk theatre
in shaping our Indian sensitivities—Bhavai from Gujarat,
Tamasha from Maharashtra, Bhand Pather of Kashmir, Jātrā
of Bengal, Nautanki of North India, Yakṣagaṇa of Karnataka,
to name only a few. These are adding to the meaning of
Indian theatre.
DANCE IN INDIA
Dance is perhaps the oldest of all the living art forms of
the human race. In fact cave paintings of prehistoric times
display stylised movements or dance, conveying daily
activities such as hunting, food gathering, enjoyment, etc.
Images excavated from the remains of ancient civilisations
give us valuable information about the history of our dance,
such as the figurine of a bronze dancing girl which has been Dancing Girl figure made
found in the Indus Valley civilisation relics. of bronze
Dance in India has been an integral part of every social Source: https://nroer.gov.in
and cultural event. In a country such as ours, in which people
of different races, languages and culture reside, there is a
wide variety of forms in dance. Dances performed in India
are believed to have their origins in dances and rituals of the
period of the Vedas, which date back to around 5000 B.C.E.
Bhimbetka Caves in the Vindhya Hill region of Madhya
Pradesh are filled with images made by hunter-gatherers of
dancers in various poses and group choreographies. Rather,
as with most other branches of knowledge, its origin is
ascribed to divinity. Naṭarāja or Śiva in the image of the Lord of
Dance is revered as the supreme dancer. Some of the ancient
treatise on dance and drama is the Nāṭyaśāstra, Abhinaya
Darpana, Nartana Sarvaswam, Rāmāyaṇa, Mahābhārata and
Harivaṁśa. Recorded evidences of dance have been found
from the study of Anthropology, Archaeology, Sculpture,
Paintings, Inscriptions, Religious and Secular Treatises and
Literary Works.
Paintings of Ancient and Medieval India are also a
storehouse of knowledge for the dance historian.
Gestures, body postures, expressions, etc., are the
basic elements of Indian dance. The use of the hands and
fingers (hand gestures called mudrās), eyes, head movement,
formation or creation of different forms and shapes to
the body are of primary importance in any dance form.
The costume is of extreme importance where the clothes,
jewellery and make-up showcase the identity of a particular
place or region of India, e.g., in Bihu dance we see the men
and women wearing typical Assamese dresses like mekhola
chaddar, dhoti, whereas in the state of Rajasthan we find
dancers wearing lehenga and chunri.
2022-23

The essential elements of Indian dance are:
• the technique of movement, which includes facial
expressions, head movements and body movements.
• all types of vocal and musical instruments and literature
from Hindu mythological and ancient texts linked
with dance.
• costumes, make-up and sets.
(pure dance) or abstract,
The oldest evidence of Indian dance are descriptions

of dance found in Barhut, Sanchi and Amaravati, which
dates back to the second century B.C.E. Sculptures from
all over India illustrates the importance of dance in Indian
history and the richness of its traditions. It is said that
Gautam Buddha, while being a king, had dancers, singers
2022-23

and instrument players in his court. In the case of Ajanta
and Ellora, the paintings depict various mudrās of dances.
During the classical Gupta age from the A.D. fourth to sixth
century many sculptures give evidence of dance. The plain
outer walls were decorated with narrative panels as well as
dancing divinities. This was the beginning of a development
that was to lead to the flourishing of dance images in Hindu
temple architecture. During the so called ‘medieval’ period,
approximately from the seventh to the sixteenth century, the
most abundant representations of dance images can be seen
in the Hindu temples of South India, in the Bhubaneshwar
temples in East India, and in the temples of Khajuraho in
central India. The West Indian Jain temples of Mt. Abu are
also famous for their dance imagery.
Many classical forms of dances are based on ancient

sculptures. India has a very rich tradition of classical, tribal
regional and folk dance forms. Our community life vibrates
with singing and dancing. The birth of a child, weddings,
festivals, the harvest, different seasons, or just the leisure
that a field-worker enjoys at the end of the day, are occasions
that call for dance as a celebration.
Living dance traditions
Tribal Dance
The dance of primitive and tribal groups generally performed
by nomads who are close to nature fall in this category.
Primitive ritualistic dance forms such as those of the
Santhals, the Theyyam of Kerala in which masks of tigers
and lions are used, the dance of the Kalbelia people who are
the snake charmers of Rajasthan, the fire dance of Rajasthan
and Gujarat, etc.
2022-23

Folk dances
These originated when humans started
cultivating crops, and hence had to
stay in fixed area and settlements.
The dances centered around the
agricultural calendar, especially the
harvest and also around social events
such as marriages, child birth and
death. Dances of this category are
the Bihu of Assam, the Dandiya Raas
and Garba of Gujarat, the Bhangra of
Punjab, the Chari of Rajasthan, etc.
The tribal and folk dance forms are
basically participative dance forms in which everyone takes
part and there is no distinction between the artist and the
audience.
Classical Dances
Classical dances are sophisticated dance form polished by
the intellect of accomplished artists and teachers who belong
to intellectual or knowledgeable society.
Modern Dance
There are new styles of dance being evolved by accomplished
dancers who are trained in the forms and aesthetics of the
classical styles. This has also been termed as Creative,
Innovative and Modern Dance.
Classical or Traditional Dance Forms of India

It is believed that these dances originated around the time
when Janapadas were founded in India. They convey refined
techniques of dance, story or message. Each classical
dance form varies according to regional differences, social
conditions, language, music, costumes, and of course, the
individual contribution of artistes and teachers. The major
classical or traditional dances of India, as accepted today,
are:
1. Bharatanāṭyam 2. Kathak 3. Kathakali
4. Manipuri 5. Odissi 6. Kuchipudi
7. Mohiniattam 8. Sattriya
Kathak
A dance form with its roots in the northern part of India, it
derives its name from the word Katha, or story. The journey
from the rustic, wandering minstrel, to the storyteller of
2022-23

the temples of North India, through the courts of
emperors and kings to the modern proscenium
stage—the journey of Kathak is long and diversified.
Lucknow Gharana, Jaipur Gharana, Banaras
Gharana and Raigarh Gharana are the main
gharanas or styles of Kathak.
Bharatanā ṭyam
This dance form originated in southern part of
India in the state of Tamil Nadu. It started as a
temple dance tradition called Dasiyattam (the Kathak Dance
dance of the maid-servants) 2000 years ago. The
name Bharatanāṭyam is a simple derivation from the four
most important aspects of dance (in Sanskrit). These are:
Bha from Bhāva meaning emotion, Ra from Rāga meaning
music or melody, Ta from Tāla meaning rhythm and Nāṭyam
meaning dance.
Odissi
This dance form takes its name from the state of its origin,
Odisha. It is approximately 60 years ago that Odissi, took its
present form as seen today. Today’s Odissi has evolved from
the endless sculptures in various motifs carved on the temple
walls of Orissa. Tribhangi, a unique posture in the form,
literally meaning three bends in the body is inspired by temple
sculptures creating an illusion of sculpture coming to life.
Kathakali Bharatanatyam
This is a dance form of Kerala which dates to around the Source: https://nroer.gov.in
seventeenth century and has become the most recognised

icon of Kerala. The word Kathakali literally means ‘story-
play’. Kathakali is known for its heavy, elaborate make-up
and costumes. This dance form presents themes derived from
the Hindu epics, mythologies and legends. Initially Kathakali
was thought to be the sole domain of men but now women
also perform the dance.
Mohiniattam
Mohiniattam, the female dance form of kerala with its origin
in the temples of Kerala was shaped to its present form by the
Travancore Maharaja Kartika Thirunal and Swati Thirunal
around nineteenth century. The dance form which was lost,
was revived in through the dedicated efforts of Vallatol in
twentieth century. Lāsya (languid grace) and Śṛṇgāra (beauty
and love) are the essence and the basic mood of Mohiniattam.
In Mohiniattam, it is compulsory to wear white costumes. Odissi
2022-23

Kuchipudi
This is a dance style adapted from the dance dramas enacted
by Brahmin priests or Bhagavutulus whose dance was again
-
influenced by the style of the Rājanartakis or women court
dancers of the time. The dance style is named after the place
Kuchipudi of its origin—Kuchipudi, a quiet village, about 65 kilometers
from Vijayawada in Andhra Pradesh.
Manipuri
The classical dance of Manipur—the Jeweled City, is associated
with Pre-Vaishnavite and Vaishnavite tradition. This dance
- -
form is a unique blend of Saṅkirtana and Rāsalilā. The dance
with the drum called Pung, is one of the most vibrant and
exciting presentations in Manipuri dance.
Sattriya
Sattriya or Sattriya Nṛtya, originated in
the eastern state of Assam. It is a dance-
drama performance art with origins in the
Krishna centred Vaishnavism monasteries
of Assam, and attributed to the fifteenth
century Bhakti movement scholar and saint
Mahapurush Srimanta Sankardev. One-act
-
plays of Sattriya are called Aṅki ya Nat, which
combine the aesthetic and the religious
through a ballad, dance and drama. The
Sattriya plays are usually performed in the dance
community halls (namghar) of monastery temples (sattras).
The themes played relate to Krishna and Radha, sometimes
other Vishnu avatāras such as Rama and Sita.
New styles of dance are being evolved by accomplished
dancers who are trained in the forms and aesthetics of the
classical styles. These have variously been termed as
Creative, Innovative and Modern Dance. Creative genius like
Uday Shankar, Chitralekha, Narendra Sharma, etc., evolved
their own dance style taking the best from classical and folk
dances and blending mythological and modern themes to
suit the tastes of the modern audience.
2022-23

Some Folk forms (Performing Arts) of India
Kalbelia: Folk form of Rajasthan

Kalbelia is a community of snake charmers living in Thar
Desert Region of India. Kalbelias are now found predominantly
in the districts of Jodhpur, Jaisalmer, Jalore and Barmer in
western Rajasthan and in the cities of Jaipur and Pushkar
in eastern Rajasthan. The women in flowing skirts dance to
the beat of the khanjari, a percussion instrument, and the
poongi, a wind instrument.
Cheraw
This dance form performed in Mizoram is recognised as
one of the oldest forms of folk arts. It is characterised by the
use of bamboo staves which are kept in cross and horizontal
forms on the ground. While the male dancers move these
bamboo staves in rhythmic beats, the female dancers perform
by stepping in and out of the bamboo blocks.
Lama Music and Dances of Sikkim
Lama dances are masked dances performed with beats of
varied types of rhythm by the Buddhist monks of Sikkim
as a part of their religious practices. The practices are
codified in the religious texts of Sikkim in accordance with
the teachings of Guru Padmashambhava, the legendary
saint of the Mahayana school of Buddhism. Based on these,
Lamas conduct prayers for the benefit of Buddhism and
the state of Sikkim. Gorgeous attire and colourful masks
made according to the scriptures are used with traditional
musical instruments like cymbals and big horns rendering
the codified religious music and chanting.
Rouf
One of the most popular traditional music and dances of
Kashmir is Rouf. It graces all the festive occasions, especially
2022-23

Eid and Ramzan days. The music and dance is performed by
a group of women facing each other. The song that is sung
during the performance is in the form of question and answer
where one group questions and the other responds to it in a
rhythmic way.
Shadow Puppet Theatre Traditions of India

The communities which are distinctively associated with it
are:
1. Chamadyacha Bahulya Thakar, Maharashtra
2. Tolu Bommalatta Killekyata or Are Kapu, Andhra Pradesh
3. Togalu Gombeyatta Killekyata or Dayat, Karnataka
4. Tolu Bommalattam Killekyata, Tamil Nadu
5. Tolpava Kuthu Vellalachetti, Nair, Kerala
6. Ravanachhaya Bhat, Orissa
Though these forms have distinct regional identities,
languages and dialects in which they are performed, they
share a common worldview, aesthetics and themes. The
narratives are mainly based on the epics of Rāmāyaṇa
and Mahābhārata, Purāṇas, local myths and tales. They
communicate significant messages to the rural community
besides entertainment.
Some examples of folk or living traditions of theatre

Bhavai
Bhavai is a traditional theatre form of Gujarat and Rajasthan
with its deep roots in Kutch and Kathiawar in Gujarat.
Bhavai originated as a prayer to the Goddess Amba, during
the Navaratra festival.
Tamasha
Tamasha is a traditional folk theatre form of Maharashtra.
The term ‘Tamasha’ is derived from Persian.
Bhagawatmela and Kuchipudi
Many dance drama forms in Andhra Pradesh and Tamil
Nadu are prevalent which are called by different names—
Bhāgavatamela, Kuchipudi, Bhamakalapam, Yakṣagaṇa,
-
etc. Others, such as Vi thināṭakam of Andhra Pradesh and
Terukoothu in Tamil Nadu are street theatre forms. Besides,
there are several Kurvanji forms.
Bhand Pather
Bhand theatre is popular in Northern India, specially in
Kashmir and Punjab. Bhand Pather of Kashmir, is a unique
combination of dance, music and drama where satire, wit
and parody are preferred for inducing laughter.
2022-23

Nautanki
As the term Nautanki itself suggests, the basis of this form
of entertainment is Natak (play). Nautanki presentation of
Kanpur, Lucknow, Hathras and a few places in Haryana are
famous because of their distinctive styles. Parsi theatre also
influenced this traditional theatre form. The most important
role of narrator is played by the Ranga, who begins the story
to be presented. The Ranga connects the various episodes of
the play. The most important instruments of Nautanki are
the Nagaara and Tikaari.
Swang
Swang is a folk-theatre form of Haryana and Punjab. It is
similar to Nautanki, traditional theatre form of Uttar Pradesh.
Bahurupias also practised Swang to earn their livelihood.
On the occasion of Holi festival, Swang artists move around
in small groups displaying their art and during Dussehra
festival, they are part of various tableaux.
-
Rāslilā
Based exclusively on the legendary stories of Radha and
-
Krishna, Rāsli lā is a highly musical traditional theatre form
of Uttar Pradesh.
Jātrā
Jatra is one of the most popular traditional theatre forms
of Bengal and Orissa. They travel from one place to another
to perform hence the name Jātrā. Over the centuries, faith
and religious fervour has been replaced in this folk theatre
form with contemporary themes of social and historical
significance.
Kutiyattam
In Kerala, the tradition of Kutiyattam is easily the most
prominent survivor among the forms containing some
essential elements of content and structural features of
Sanskrit theatre. While scholars are
correct in often calling Kutiyattam the only
surviving tradition in Sanskrit theatre,
Kutiyattam has also incorporated local
traditions, culture and themes.
Bhāgavatamela and Kuchipudi
Many dance drama forms in Andhra Pradesh
and Tamil Nadu are prevalent which are
called by different names—Bhagawatmela,
Kuchipudi, Bhamakalapam, Yakshagana,
etc. Others, such as Veethinatakam of
Andhra Pradesh and Terukoothu in Tamil
Nadu are street theatre forms.
2022-23

EXERCISES
1. Define performing arts. What is the role of music in performing
arts?
2. Define Sāmagāna. How many streams of Music are there in
Vedic Era?
- -
3. Write short notes on Nāṭyaśāshtra, Bṛhaddeshi and Saṅgi ta
Ratnākara.
4. How many forms of Classical Music are there in India? Describe
them.
5. Explain Śruti, Rāgas, Svara, Laya, Tāla, Mātrā, Mūrchana, Jāti
and Grāma.
6. How many types of instruments are there in music? Explain
them.
7. Write short notes on Pandit Vishnu Narayan Bhatkhande and
Pandit Vishnu Digambar Paluskar.
8. Attend any regional theatre performance in your area and
make a detailed report on style, character, customs, make-up
and props.
9. Recreate any regional theatre performance with your
classmates.
10. What is the role of dance in Indian music? Explain.
11. Write and explain the different forms of dances.
12. You studied about Rouf in Kashmir, find out other folk music
and dances in Jammu and Kashmir.
13. Have you seen Jātra, Kutiyattam or any such tradition folk
play? Narrate any one in the class.
14. Find out one folk dance and song from each State of India.
Make a folder with pictures in digital or print form. What are
your views and observation about the people of India? Share
on NROER for enriching others.
ENDNOTES
1. Som Benegal, Panorama of Theatre in India, Popular Prakashan
for ICCR, 1968
2. There are many translations of Natyasastra in English and
Indian languages. We have referred to two translations
mainly — Manomohan Ghosh’s The Natyasastra, Calcutta,
Asiatic Society, 1951, and Kapila Vatsayan’s Bharata: The
Natyasastra, Sahitya Akademi, 2003. It is recommended to go
through their Introductions.
3. Malyaban Chattopadhyay, “A Historical Study of Ancient Indian
Theatre-Communication in the Light of Natyasastra”, Global
Media Journal-Indian Edition, Sponsored by the University of
Calcutta, December 2013, Vol. 4. No. 2
4. Natyasastra, Chapter Eighteen
SUGGESTED READINGS AND VIEWINGS

1. Adya Rangacharya, Indian Theatre, N.B.T.
2. Balwant Gargi, Folk Theatre of India, South Asia Books.
2022-23

3. Govind Chatak, Rangmanch: Kala aur Drishty, Takshshila
Prakashan
4. Sitaram Chaturvedi, Bhartiya Tatha Paschatya Rangmanch,
Hindi Samiti, Suchna Vibhag, Uttar Pradesh
5. Virendra Narayan, Rangkarm, Alekh Prakashan
6. Kapila Vatsyayan, Traditional Indian Theatre, Multiple
Streams, N.B.T.
Some suggestions for exploring
7. Texts on our music tradition—Natyashastra, Brihaddesi,
Sangeet Ratnakar, Sangeet Parijat, Raag Tarangini, etc.
8. Let’s find out about the lives of our musicians—
Tansen, Baiju Bavra, Gopal Nayak, Pandit Vishnu Narayan
Bhatkhande and Pandit Vishnu Digambar Paluskar, Pandit
Omkarnath Thakur, etc.
9. Listen to Ragas like — Yaman, Bhairav, Bhairavi, Kafi, Bilawal,
Khamaj, etc.
10. How is the Gharana system important in music and dance?
Explore.
11. Musical instruments are so interesting to know about—let’s
know them.
12. Watch these videos —
• https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ulIuuirC-vI (define
Naad and Dhwani)
• https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=UYT-IHNg9AM (Zakir
Husain | Birju Maharaj performance)
• https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=skkSuyQHsus (online
project activity in Music)
• https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Hqpxk4QG1RQ (chal
mere dhol- audio story from Kumaun lok katha)
13. https://nroer.gov.in/55ab34ff81fccb4f1d806025/
page/5b5968e616b51c01f04a2b42 ( KATHAK- Origin and
development and activity )\
14. h t t p s : / / n r o e r . g o v . i n / 5 5 a b 3 4 f f 8 1 f c c b 4 f 1 d 8 0 6 0 2 5 /
page/58738c54472d4a7117b13ff8 (bharat natyam video )
15. https://nroer.gov.in/55ab34ff81fccb4f1d806025/
page/58e4808f472d4aca81adce6d (This video is a
documentation of Gurkul traditions of Kathakali in Kerala.)
16. h t t p s : / / n r o e r . g o v . i n / 5 5 a b 3 4 f f 8 1 f c c b 4 f 1 d 8 0 6 0 2 5 /
page/5874700c472d4a6b7076eacf (The video was recorded
during the National Role Play and Folk Dance Competition in
2012.)
17. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2ORe29IRGQU (odissi
dance video from ncert youtube chennal)
18. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=P6f0MinVE_E
(mohiniattam dance video)
19. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=q9AT8l9NttU (folk
dance video )
20. h t t p s : / / w w w . y o u t u b e . c o m / w a t c h ? v = r w 2 z m a V 0 x O U
(kathakali dance video)
2022-23

21. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Tvx8zmV4HJo (kathak
dance video)
22. h t t p s : / / w w w . y o u t u b e . c o m / w a t c h ? v = K y F V r J K 0 W E M
(Manipuri dance video)
23. h t t p s : / / w w w . y o u t u b e . c o m / w a t c h ? v = T J b 2 6 K 2 X 1 0 4
(kathakali dance video)
24. h t t p s : / / w w w . y o u t u b e . c o m / w a t c h ? v = e W J d P _ T T r f w
(mohiniattam dance video)
25. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=shsZ7JpNAUo (raas
leela dance video)
26. https://www.indianetzone.com/1/tamasha.htm – (Tamasha
folk art form)
27. http://www.indiaprofile.com/religion-culture/jatras.htm
(Jatra Theatre form)
28. https://ich.unesco.org/en/RL/kutiyattam-sanskrit-
theatre-00010 (Kutiyattam)
BIBLIOGRAPHY
BENHAM, MARTIN AND JAMES BRANDON. Eds. 1995. Cambridge Guide to
Theatre, Cambridge University Press.
CHANDORKAR, VIJAYA. 2012. Compositional Forms of Hindustani
Music—A Journey, Munshiram Manoharlal Publishers Pvt. Ltd.,
New Delhi.
CHAUDHARY, SUBHADRA. 1997. Time Measure and Compositional Types
in Indian Music, Aditya Prakashan, New Delhi.
DATTA, KETARI. 2014. Dramaturgy in Indian Theatre: A Closer View,
(Chapter 14 of The Routledge Companion to Dramaturgy,
edited by Magda Romanska), Routledge.
DEVA, B.C. 1997. Musical Instruments, National Book Trust,
New Delhi.
LAL, ANANDA. 2004. The Oxford Companion to Indian Theatre, OUP
India.
PRAJNANANANDA, SWAMI. 1973. Historical Development of Indian Music,
Firma K.L. Mukhopadhayay 257B, Calcutta.
RATANJANKAR, ACHARYA S.N. 1992. Aesthetic Aspects of India’s Musical
Heritage.
RANADE, ASHOK B. 1984. On Music and Musicians of Hindostan,
Promilla & Co. Publishers, New Delhi.
SHANKAR, CHITRA. 2017. Pragatiharsikh Bharatiya Chitrakala main
Sangeet.
SINGH, THAKUR JAIDEVA. 1995. Indian Music, Sangeet Research
Academy, Kolkata.
THAKARAY, R.C. 2013. Bharatiya Upmahadripati ki Sanskritiya, Hindi
Madhyam karyaniya nideshalaya Delhi Vishwabidyalaya,
Part-I.
VARADPANDE, M.L. 1987. History of Indian Theatre (in 6 volumes),
Abhinav Publications, New Delhi.
2022-23

4
Indian Art and Architecture
INTRODUCTION
This chapter on Indian art and architecture will take you to
the journey of one of the world’s oldest and richest civilisations
prevalent since the earliest times when human beings were
engaged with their creative pursuits for one reason or the
other. This is a journey of thousands of years of tangible and
intangible heritage of the Indian sub-continent starting from
the cave habitats to the oral tradition of Vedas to the writing
of Shastras — the text on all possible topics where the wisdom
of our ancestors has poured in! Through this chapter, you will
have glimpses of different traditions of painting, sculpture
and architecture — how these evolved over the years. Some
of the traditional knowledge has remained with the people,
communities and is still being practised specially in the
pockets of modern India. Some of these timeless traditions
are the oral traditions, iron smiths, potters, weavers, painting
on walls, floors and ceilings, bronze cast, etc. which you can
even find being practised in your region.
TEXTUAL SOURCES AS REPOSITORY OF TRADITIONAL

KNOWLEDGE
Early literary texts such as the epics of Rāmāyaṇa
and Mahābhārata, Kalidasa’s Abhijñānaśākuntalam,
Daśakumāracaritam and later on Vātsyāyana’s Kāmasūtra
etc., refer to art galleries or citraśālās in the palaces. The
texts on art and architecture known as śilpaśāstra deal with
the paintings on different surfaces and media. The most
comprehensive text of Viṣṇudharmottara Purāṇa, deals with
2022-23
4- - Indian Art and Architecture.indd 61 15-10-2020 12:23:29

the interdependence of dance, music and the visual arts.
It is one of the eighteen Upa-purāṇas where chapters are
dedicated to the methods and ideals of painting. These texts
have helped in passing the traditional knowledge of basics
of painting techniques and their appreciation and aesthetics
from one generation to the other and one region to another.
They also facilitated the ancient artists to transform the
technique of murals from using rough and untreated cave
walls as painting surfaces to treating them for fresco, before
using them to paint.
Vāstuvidyā or śilpaśāstra or the science of architecture
is one of the technical subjects studied in ancient India. In
the earliest texts, the word vastu is used for building which
included temple construction, town planning, public and
private buildings, and later on forts.
Atharvaveda too has references to different parts
of a building. Kautilya’s Arthaśāstra deals with town
planning, fortifications and other civil structures.
Samarāṅgaṇasūtradhāra, authored by King Bhoja (1010–55
C.E.), discusses the methods of examination of a site, analysis
of the soil, systems of measurement, qualifications of the
sthapati (architect) and his assistants, building materials,
consecration of the plan followed by the construction of
foundation, basal mouldings and technical details for each
part of the plan, design and elevation. Mayamata (1000 C.E.)
and Mānasāra (1300 C.E.), are the two texts having common
understanding of the architectural plans and design of the
southern style of temple architecture known as drāviḍa.
Vātsyāyana in his Kāmasūtra, (second century
C.E.) describes the ṣaḍaṅga or six limbs or elements of
painting as:
1. Rūpabheda or the perception of difference in appearance;
2. Pramāṇa or valid perception, measure and form;
3. Bhāva or feelings expressed in forms;
4. Lāvaṇya yojana or infusion of grace in artistic
representation;
5. Sādṛśyam or similarities;
6. Varṇikabhaṅga or identification and analysis of colour
and hue.
PAINTING TRADITIONS
Tradition of painting or Citrakalā is one of the earliest and
most common of all expressions by humans which evolved
over the centuries. Any painting activity requires a surface
which could be anything—a wall, floor, ceiling, leaf, human or
animal body, paper, canvas, etc. Crude walls of caves or rock
shelters, to the most sophisticated digital paintings today,
2022-23

the evolution of painting has
made a long journey.
Earliest Paintings in
Rock Shelters
A large number of sites, where
remnants of rock paintings in
the Indian sub-continent have
been found on the walls of the
caves situated in Madhya
Pradesh, Uttar Pradesh,
Andhra Pradesh, Karnataka,
Uttarakhand and Bihar. The
richest paintings are almost Hunting Scene, Prehistoric Painting, Bhimbetka
10,000 years old as reported
from the Vindhya ranges of
Madhya Pradesh and their Kaimurean extensions into Uttar
Pradesh. These hill ranges are full of Paleolithic and Mesolithic
remains of paintings depicting human and animal figures
and geometric patterns in white, black and red ochre.
Humans are represented in stick figures. Wavy lines,
rectangle-filled geometric designs, and groups of dots can
also be seen. One of the interesting scenes commonly depicted
is of hand-linked dancing human figures. It is interesting to
note that at many rock-art sites, often a new painting is
painted on the top of an older painting. At Bhimbetka, in
some places, there are as many as 20 layers of paintings, one
on top of another.
INDIAN ART AND ARCHITECTURE 63
2022-23

Mural Painting Tradition
The story of Indian mural painting starts around second
century B.C.E. spread over several locations around India,
the best known being Ajanta and Ellora in Maharashtra,
Bagh in Madhya Pradesh and Panamalai and Sittanavasal
in Tamil Nadu. The Ajanta caves consist of some of the
finest surviving examples of Indian art with depictions of
the Buddha and the Jātaka tales.
Mural Paintings, Fifth–Sixth
Century C.E., Ajanta caves
Ajanta, located in Aurangabad District of Maharashtra
has twenty-nine caitya and vihāra caves decorated with
sculptures and paintings from the first century B.C.E. to
the fifth century C.E. Outward projections of the figures,
clearly defined and rhythmic lines are used in the Ajanta
paintings. Body colour gets merged with the outer line
creating the effect of volume. The figures are heavy like
the sculptures of western India. Some of the well known
paintings of Ajanta are Padmapāṇi Bodhisttva, Vajrapāṇi
Bodhisattva, Mahājanaka Jātaka, Umaga Jātaka, etc.
The Bagh Caves, consisting of Buddhist mural paintings,
are located 97 km from Dhar district of Madhya Pradesh.
These rock-cut cave monuments are not natural but were
carved over a period of time during the Satvahana period.
Mural Paintings, Fifth–Sixth The Bagh caves, like those at Ajanta, were excavated on
Century C.E., Ajanta caves a perpendicular sandstone rock face of a hill across the
seasonal stream of Baghani. Out of the original nine caves,
only five have survived, all of which are viharas or resting
places for monks, having a quadrangular plan.
Paintings at Vishnu cave in Badami, in Karnataka,
excavated in sixth century C.E., have fragments of painting
on the vaulted roof of the front maṇḍapa, and in this cave,
paintings depict palace scenes. Stylistically the painting
represents an extension of the tradition of mural painting
from Ajanta to Badami in South India.
Murals under the Pallava, Pandya and Chola Kings

The tradition of painting extended further down South
in Tamil Nadu in the preceding centuries with regional
variations during the regimes of Pallava, Pandya and Chola
Mural Painting, Ninth Century dynasties, not only in caves but on the walls of temples and
C.E., Sittanvasal palaces too.
2022-23

In Panamalai, a small shrine has a small
section of a mural painting of an exquisite female
figure, her leg bent, standing against a wall with
an umbrella above her. The Kailasanatha temple
at Kanchipuram contains nearly fifty cells around
the inner courtyard, with traces of paintings in
red, yellow, green, and black vegetable colours.
Sittanavasal in Pudukottai district is the location of
a Jain monastery of the seventh century. Its walls
and ceiling have been painted with mineral colours
in the fresco-secco technique.
Murals in Tirumalaipuram caves and Jain caves
at Sittanavasal are some of the surviving examples
under Pandyas, where the paintings are visible on
the ceilings of shrines, in verandas, and on the
brackets. On the pillars of the veranda are seen
dancing figures of celestial nymphs. Mural Painting, Eleventh
Century C.E., Thanjavur
The tradition of building temples and embellishing them
with carvings and paintings continued during the reign of
the Chola kings between ninth to thirteenth century. But
it was in the eleventh century, when the Cholas reached
their zenith of power, when masterpieces of the Chola art
and architecture began to appear. Though Chola paintings
are seen in Narthamalai, the most important are those in
Brihadeswara temple.
The paintings were executed on the walls of the narrow
passage surrounding the shrine. Two layers of paintings
were found when they were discovered. The upper layers
were painted during the Nāyaka period, in the sixteenth
century. The paintings show the narrations and aspects
related to Lord Shiva on Kailash, Shiva as Tripurāntaka,
Shiva as Naṭarāja, a portrait of the patron Rajaraja and his
mentor Kuruvar, dancing figures, etc. The walls on either
side of the narrow and dark passage of the inner vimāna,
above the sanctum sanctorum,, were painted later on.
2022-23

Palm Leaf Manuscript Painting
The Buddhist manuscript paintings of Pala period, earliest
being the Aṣṭā Sāhasrikā Prajñāpāramitā, were drawn in red
and white, forming colour planes. The inspiration came from
the metal images, giving an illusion of relief. Miniatures were
painted according to the rules of mural painting, the rule of
proportions being regulated by strict codes of measurement.
Effects such as foreshortening were derived from the study
of sculpture rather than from reality. The human figure was
represented in the simplest and most visible manner. Against
a background of rich colour, stood out thick, boldly drawn
figures. The paintings were harmonised with the enclosing
script. The Jain painters from western India preferred
three-quarter profiles, displacing one of the eyes to avoid
foreshortening, while frontal images had eyes set near the
bridge of the nose.
Palm leaf Manuscript Painting
INDUS VALLEY AND THE PHENOMENON OF TOWN

PLANNING
You have already read about the Indus Valley Civilisation
in earlier classes which is one of the earliest civilisations
existed during the second half of the third millennium
B.C.E. In present days, there are sites of this civilisation
having an expanse in Harappa and Mohenjodaro in Pakistan
and in India, Lothal and Dholavira in Gujarat, Rakhigarhi
in Haryana, Ropar in Punjab, Kalibangan and Balathal in
Rajasthan. This civilisation has the unique example of well
laid out town planning, artefacts such as sculptures in various
materials, seals, pottery, jewellery, terracotta figures, etc.
The use of metal casting techniques prevalent in those days
is not very different from the contemporary practices. One of
the earliest examples of civic planning with houses, markets,
storage facilities, offices, public baths, burial ground, etc.,
Dancing Girl, Indus Valley
Civilisation were arranged in a grid-like pattern. There was also a highly
Source: CCRT developed drainage system.
2022-23

Cities were planned, with the streets generally oriented
along the cardinal directions, in some cases had an upper
storey, also bricks of standardised proportions were used
for buildings with roofs of wood. Most houses had individual
bathrooms connected to extensive drainage networks.
Complex structures, such as Mohenjodaro’s public bath
or the granary, had great skills of advanced planning and
construction.
At Dholavira, a large and rigorously planned city located
on an island in the Rann of Kutch, stone was used to build
massive fortifications, while a network of enormous reservoirs
ensured water supply to the city through the year.
Sculptures in stone, are excellent examples of handling
three-dimensional volumes. The male figure, a torso in red Bust of a bearded priest,
sandstone polished, chiselled in round, is remarkable for its Indus Valley Civilisation
naturalistic pose and sophisticated modelling, highlighting Source: CCRT
its physical beauty. Another bust of a bearded man in steatite
had its head and arms carved separately and socketed into
the drilled holes of the torso. Another noteworthy example,
is the bust of a bearded man, from Mohenjodaro, wearing a
shawl with trefoil pattern.
The art of bronze-casting was practised on a wide scale
using the ‘lost wax’ technique for making sculptures. In bronze
we find human as well as animal figures, the best example of
the former being the statue of a girl popularly titled ‘Dancing
Girl’. Found in Mohenjodaro, this exquisite casting depicts a
girl whose long hair is tied in a bun. Bangles cover her left
arm, a bracelet and an amulet or bangle adorn her right arm,
and a cowrie shell necklace is seen around her neck. Her right
hand is on her hip and her left hand is clasped in a dance
gesture. She has large eyes and flat nose. Among animal
figures in bronze, the buffalo with its uplifted head, back and
sweeping horns and the goat are of artistic merit.
Terracotta Indus Valley site
Terracotta images were crude as compared to the stone

and bronze statues. A large number of seals made of steatite,
terracotta and copper of various shapes and sizes have also
been discovered. Generally they are rectangular, some are
circular and few are cylindrical. Almost invariably they bear Seal Unicorn, Indus
on them the representation of a human or an animal figure Valley site
and have on top an inscription in pictographic script which
2022-23

has not been deciphered so far. A
seated figure surrounded by four
animals—a rhino, a buffalo, an
elephant and a tiger is unique.
There are two deer shown
under the throne. Most of these
seals have a knob at the back
through which runs a hole and it
is believed that they were used by
different guilds or merchants and
traders for stamping purposes.
MAURYAN ART
The Mauryas established their
Sānchi Stūpa, Second Century B.C.E., Sanchi power by the third century B.C.E.
and soon a large part of India was
under Mauryan control. Pillars, sculptures and rock-cut
architecture, stūpas and vihāras, rock-cut caves and
monumental figure sculptures were carved at several places
belonging to this period. Ashoka got erected many monolithic
pillars of sandstone, 30 to 40 feet high, crowned by animal
figures like the bull, lion and elephant, inscribed with the
ideas of morality, humanity and piety, which he wished his
people to follow. Ashoka started making extensive use of
stone for sculptures and great monuments whereas the
previous tradition consisted of working with wood and clay.
Famous Ashokan pillars are from Lauriya Nandangarh in
Bihar, Sanchi and Sarnath. Excellent specimens of the
Lion Capital, Third Century
B.C.E., Sanchi
Mauryan craftsmanship in fashioning the human figure are
-
provided by the colossal statues of Yakśa and Yakśi, found
from Patna, Vidisha and Mathura.
In architectural remains of this

period, the gradual transition from
wood to stone is apparent. However,
wood was still the dominant
material. A typical example of this is
Yakshini, Mauryan Period,
Lion Capital, Mauryan Period, Bidarganj the Lomas Rishi cave in the Barabar
Rampurva Source: CCRT Hills of Bihar.
2022-23

Stūpa is another form of architecture
constructed during this time. Stūpa worship was
an ancient form of honouring the great dead.
Stūpas were built not only to enshrine the
relics of Buddha and Buddhist saints, but
also to commemorate the events of religious
significance. The outstanding example of an
early Buddhist stūpa built during the third and
first century B.C.E. is at Sanchi. The present
Stūpa at Sanchi was originally constructed
during Ashoka’s reign but was considerably
enlarged with circumambulatory enclosure as
well as the outer enclosures were added in the
first century B.C.E. Bharhut, Sanchi and Bodh
Gaya are the most famous in the North and
Amravati and Nagarjunakonda in the South.
Lomas Rishi cave
POST-MAURYAN TRENDS IN INDIAN ART
AND ARCHITECTURE
From the second century B.C.E. onward,
various rulers established their control over
the sub-continent: the Shungas, Kanvas,
Kushanas and Guptas in the North and parts
of central India; the Satvahanas, Ikshavakus,
Abhiras, Vakataks in southern and western
India. Incidentally, the period of the second
century B.C.E. also marked the rise of the main
Brahmanical sects such as the Vaishnavas and Gate (Details), Fifth century C.E., Sanchi
the Shaivas. Some of the prominent examples
of the finest sculptures are found at Vidisha
and Bharhut (Madhya Pradesh), Bodhgaya
(Bihar), Jaggayyapeta (Andhra Pradesh),
Mathura (Uttar Pradesh), Khandagiri-Udaigiri
(Odisha), Bhaja and Pavani (Maharashtra).
Bharhut sculptures are tall like the images
-
of Yakśa and Yakśiṇi of Mauryan period,
modelling of the sculptural volume is in low
relief maintaining linearity. Images stick to
the picture plane. In the relief panels depicting
narratives, illusion of three-dimensionality is
shown with tilted perspective. Clarity in the
narrative is enhanced by selecting the main
events.
Mathura, Gandhara and Sarnath schools
are predominantly Buddhist. Images of
Buddha in Gandhara and Mathura was a
parallel development, where it was produced Queen Maya's dream, Bharhut
2022-23

Meditating Buddha, Third– Seated Buddha, Katra Mound, Seated Buddha, Sarnath
fourth century C.E., Gandhar Mathura
by the local artist craftsmen working in the local tradition.

At Mathura, it clearly emerges from the Yaksha tradition.
The Buddhist religion flourished under the patronage of
Kushan emperors, and several images of the Buddha and
Bodhisattavas were produced after the earlier Yakśa types. A
typical example of the image of Buddha, from second century
C.E., shows him seated cross-legged on a lion-throne, under
the Bodhi tree, with his right hand in the gesture of assuring
protection, while the left is placed on the thigh. The eyes are
wide open and the protuberance on the skull is indicated by
a single curl coiled to the left. The hands and feet are marked
with auspicious symbols. Two flying figures standing on
either side, are shown above. This type of image of the Buddha
reached perfection in the Gupta age, three centuries later.
Images of Vaishnava and Shaiva traditions are also found

at Mathura. It may be noted that the images of Vishnu and
Shiva are represented with their āyudhas (weapons). There
is boldness in carving the large images, the volume of the
images is projected out of the picture plane, the faces are
round and smiling, and the heaviness in the sculptural
volume is reduced to relaxed flesh. The garments of the
body are clearly visible and they cover the left shoulder. In
2022-23

the second century C.E., images in Mathura get sensual,
they depict lesser garments. In the third century C.E., the
treatment of sculptural volume changes by making them
thinner, movement in the posture is shown by increasing
distance between the two legs as well as by using bends in
the body posture. Softness in the surface continues to get
refined. The trend continues in the fourth century C.E. but
in the late fourth century C.E., the massiveness is reduced
further. The volume of the drapery also gets reduced and in
the fifth and sixth century C.E., the drapery is integrated into
the sculptural mass. Transparent quality in the robes of the
Buddha images is evident. In this period, important schools
of sculptures in northern India worth noting are Mathura,
Sarnath and Kosambi. Many Buddha images in Sarnath have
plain transparent drapery covering both shoulders, and the
halo around the head has very little ornamentation whereas
the Mathura Buddha images continue to depict folds of the
drapery in the Buddha images and the halo around the head Chola Bronze, Tamil Nadu
is profusely decorated.
INDIAN BRONZE SCULPTURES

Indian sculptors had mastered the bronze medium, an alloy
of metals by mixing copper, zinc and tin with cire-perdue or
lost-wax casting process as much as they had mastered
terracotta sculpture and carving in stone as earlier as the
Indus Valley Culture. Bronze sculptures of Buddhist, Hindu
and Jain icons have been discovered from
many regions of India dating from the second
century until the sixteenth century. Most of
these were required for ritual worship and
are characterised by exquisite beauty and
aesthetic appeal. At the same time, the metal-
casting process continued to be utilised for
making articles for various purposes of daily
use, such as utensils for cooking, eating,
drinking, etc.
Interesting images of Jain Tirthankaras

have been discovered from Chausa, Bihar,
belonging to the Kushana Period during
second century C.E. These bronzes show
how the Indian sculptors had mastered the Nāṭarāja, Chola period
2022-23

modelling of masculine human physique and simplified it.
Many standing Buddha images with right hand in abhaya
mudrā were cast in North India, particularly Uttar Pradesh
and Bihar, during the Gupta and post-Gupta period, i.e.,
between the fifth and seventh century. Vakataka bronze
images of the Buddha from Phophnar, Maharashtra, are
contemporary with the Gupta period bronzes statues. They
show the influence of the Amaravati style of sculptures of the
third century C.E. and at the same time there is a significant
change in the draping style of the monk’s robe.
The additional importance of the Gupta and Vakataka
bronzes is that they were portable, and monks carried them
from place to place for the purpose of individual worship or to
be installed in Buddhist vihāras. In this manner, the refined
classical style spread to different parts of India and to other
Asian countries as well. The hoard of bronzes discovered in
Akota near Vadodara established that bronze casting was
practised in Gujarat also.
Himachal Pradesh and Kashmir regions also produced
bronze images of Buddhist deities as well as Hindu gods and
goddesses. Most of these were created during the eighth,
ninth and tenth centuries and have a very distinct style
in comparison with bronzes from other parts of India. A
noteworthy development is the growth of different types of
iconography of Vishnu images.
In Buddhist centres like Nalanda, a school of bronze-
casting emerged around the ninth century during the rule of
the Pala Dynasty in Bihar and Bengal regions. In the gap of
a few centuries, the sculptors at Kurkihar near Nalanda were
able to revive the classical style of the Gupta period.
Although bronze images were
modelled and cast during the
Pallava Period in the eighth and
ninth centuries, some of the most
beautiful and exquisite statues
were produced during the Chola
Period in Tamil Nadu from the
tenth to the twelfth century. The
technique and art of fashioning
bronze images is still skillfully
practised in South India,
particularly in Kumbakonam.
In the Pallava Period, bronzes
of the eighth century is the icon
of Shiva seated in ardhaparyaṅka
āsana (one leg kept dangling).
Unfinished Chaitya cave, Kanheri The right hand is in the ācamana
2022-23

mudrā gesture, suggesting that he is about to
drink poison. The well-known dancing figure
of Shiva as Nāṭarāja was evolved and fully
developed during the Chola period and since
then many variations of this complex bronze
image have been modelled. A wide range
of Shiva iconography was evolved in the
Thanjavur (Tanjore) region of Tamil Nadu.
BUDDHIST MONUMENTS OF DECCAN,

Chaitya Hall, Karla caves, Kanheri
EAST AND SOUTH INDIA
In today’s Andhra Pradesh and Telangana there are many
stūpa sites like Jagayyapetta, Amaravati, Bhattiprolu,
Nagarjūnkonda, Goli, etc. Amaravati has a mahācaitya and
had many sculptures which are now preserved in Chennai
Museum, Amaravati Site Museum, National Museum, New
Delhi and the British Museum, London.
In western India, many Buddhist caves dating back to
the second century B.C.E. onward have been excavated.
These include Bhaja, Kanheri, Karla, Ajanta, Ellora, Bedasa,
Nashik, Junnar, Pitalkhora, etc. The front of the caitya hall
is dominated by the motif of a semi-circular caitya arch with
an open front which has a wooden facade and, in some cases,
there is no dominating caitya arch window. In all the caitya
caves, a stūpa at the back is common.
Located in Aurangabad District of Maharashtra, Ajanta
has twenty-nine caves, built over a period of almost eight
centuries. We have already read about the paintings of
Ajanta caves in this chapter. Cave number 26 is very big and
the entire interior hall is carved with a variety of Buddha
images, the biggest one being the Mahāparinibbāṇa image.
The rest of the caves are vihāra-caitya caves. They consist of
a pillared veranda, a pillared hall and cells along the walls.
Chaitya Hall, Karlacave, Kanheri Kailashanath Temple, Eleventh Century C.E., Ellora
2022-23

The back wall has the main Buddha
shrine. Shrine images at Ajanta are
grand in size.
Almost 100 kilometres from Ajanta,
another important cave site is Ellora,
and has 32 Buddhist, Brahmanical
and Jain caves. It is a unique art-
historical site in the country as it has
monasteries associated with the three
religions dating from the fifth century
C.E. onward to the eleventh century
C.E. It is also unique in terms of
stylistic eclecticism, i.e., confluence of
many styles at one place.
Udayagiri and Khandagiri caves near Bhubaneswar The tradition of rock-cut caves
continued in the Deccan and they are
found not only in Maharashtra but also
in Karnataka, mainly at Badami and Aiholi, executed under
the patronage of the Chalukyas, in Andhra Pradesh and Tamil
Nadu.
Like in western India, Buddhist caves were also excavated
in eastern India, mainly in the coastal regions, present day
of Andhra Pradesh, and Odisha. One of the main sites in
Andhra Pradesh is Guntapalle in Eluru district. The caves
have been excavated in the hills along with the structured
monasteries. Perhaps it is among the very unique sites where
the structured stūpas, vihāras and the caves are excavated
at one place. The Guntapalle caitya cave is circular with a
stūpa in the circular hall and a caitya arch carved at the
entrance.
The earliest examples of rock-cut cave tradition in
Odisha are the Udayagiri and Khandagiri caves in the
vicinity of Bhubaneswar. These caves are scattered and have
inscriptions of Kharavela king. According to the inscriptions,
the caves were meant for Jain monks. There are numerous
single-cell excavations. Some have been carved in huge
independent boulders and given the shape of animals. The
big caves include a cave with a pillared veranda with cells at
the back.
DEVELOPMENT OF TEMPLE ARCHITECTURE IN INDIA

Early Temple Architecture
Some of the important sites of early temples in North India
are Deogarh in Uttar Pradesh, Eran, Nachna-Kuthara and
Udayagiri near Vidisha in Madhya Pradesh. These temples
are simple structures consisting of a veranda, a hall and a
2022-23

Daśāvatara Vishnu temple, Fifth century C.E., Deogarh Ratha style of temples, Mahabalipuram
shrine at the rear. The Brahmanical cave numbers 13–28 have

many sculptures. Many caves are dedicated to Shaivism, but
the images of both Shiva and Vishnu and their various forms
according to Puranic narrative are depicted. The sculptures
at Ellora are monumental, and have protruding volume that
create deep recession in the picture space. Bijapuraka
The images are heavy and show considerable Kalasha
Ambalika
sophistication in the handling of sculptural Chandrika
volume. Various guilds at Ellora came from Griva Amlaka
Skandha Bhadra
different places like Vidarbha, Karnataka Bhumi Shukanasika
and Tamil Nadu and carved the sculptures. Amlaka
Anuratha
Thereby it is the most diverse site in India Pratiratha
Sikhara
in terms of the sculptural styles. One of the
early examples of Ratha style of temples is
Kuta
at Mahabalipuram where the five Rathas
represent the five Pandavas.
Uru
Rathika
Sringa
Nagara Style of Indian Temple
Tilaka
In North India, it is common for an entire Karna
Sringa
temple to be built on a stone platform withVarandika
Danda Chadya
steps leading up to it. While the earliest
temples had just one śikhara with garbhagṛha
located directly under it, later temples had
Adishthana or
several śikhara. There are several types of vedibandha
śikhara, the simple one having a square at Pitha
the base and whose walls curve or slope
inward to a point on top is called the ‘latina’ Jagati
or the rekhā-prāsāda type of śikhara. The
second major type of nagara temple is the Elements of a North Indian Temple:
phamsana. Phamsana buildings tend to be Plan of Nagara temple
2022-23

broader and shorter than latina ones. Their roofs
are composed of several slabs that gently rise to a
single point over the centre of the building, unlike
the latina ones which look like sharply rising tall
towers. Phamsana roofs do not curve inward,
instead they slope upwards on a straight incline.
Later on, the latina type of temples grew complex,
and instead of appearing like a single tall śikhara,
the temple began to support many smaller towers,
with the tallest one being in the centre. The third
main sub-type of the nagara temple is what is
generally rectangular and called the valabhi type
with a roof that rises into a vaulted chamber.
Ancient temples of Uttar Pradesh, Madhya
Vishvanatha temple, Khajuraho
Pradesh and Rajasthan share many traits. The
Source: CCRT
most visible is that they are made of sandstone. Some of the
oldest surviving structural temples from the Gupta Period
are in Madhya Pradesh. These are relatively modest-looking
shrines each having four pillars that support a small maṇḍapa
which looks like a simple square porch-like extension before
an equally small room that served as the garbhagṛha.
Importantly, of the two such temples that survive, one is at
Udayagiri, which is on the outskirts of Vidisha, while the
other one is at Sanchi, both being Buddhist sites.
The temples in the north-western parts of India including
Gujarat and Rajasthan, and stylistically extendable, at times,
to western Madhya Pradesh are too many to include here in
a comprehensive way. The stone used to build the temples
ranges in colour and type. While sandstone is the commonest,
a grey to black basalt can be seen in some of the tenth to
twelfth century temple sculptures. The most exuberant and
Sun temple, Modhera, Gujarat Jain temple, Eleventh – Thirteenth Century, Rajasthan
2022-23

famed is the soft white marble which
is also seen in some of the tenth to
twelfth century Jain temples in Mount
Abu and the fifteenth century temples
at Ranakpur.
The main architectural features of
Odisha temples are classified in three
-
orders, i.e., rekhāpiḍa, pidhadeula and
khākarā. Most of the main temple sites
are located in ancient Kalinga—modern
Puri District, including Bhubaneswar
or ancient Tribhuvanesvara, Puri and
Konark.
Jain temple, Eleventh – Thirteenth Century, Rajasthan
Drāviḍa Temple Style
Unlike the nagara temple, the Drāviḍa temple is enclosed
within a compound wall. The front wall has an entrance
gateway in its centre, known as gopuram. The shape of the
main temple tower known as Vimāna is similar to a stepped
pyramid that rises up geometrically rather than the curving
śikhara of north India.
It was in the eleventh century, when the Cholas reached
their zenith of power, that masterpieces of Chola art and
architecture began to appear with temples of Brihadeswara
at Thanjavur, Gangaikonda Cholapuram and Darasuram.
2022-23

EXERCISES
1. Prepare a timeline on the map of India, either with the help of a
free and open software or on a chart paper, showing important
places or sites of the Indian art from the beginning up to tenth
century C.E.
2. Explore any historical archaeological site, monument or
museum in your neighbouring area and describe it with
illustrations, photographs, sketches, etc.
3. Teacher or facilitator can identify an ancient text on art or
architecture and discuss with students about when it was
written, its relevence, the content, etc.
SUGGESTED READINGS
1. Ancient India, V.D. Mahajan, S. Chand
2. Art and Archaeology of Ancient India: Earliest Times to the Sixth
Century, Naman P. Ahuja, Ashmolean Museum
3. Indian Sculpture, Grace Morley
4. Elements of Indian Art, S.P. Gupta,
5. Indian Art, Partha Mitter, Oxford History of Art
USEFUL LINKS
http://ncert.nic.in/textbook/textbook.htm?kefa1=0-8
http://ncert.nic.in/textbook/textbook.htm?kehc1=0-10
http://ncert.nic.in/textbook/textbook.htm?mehc1=0-10
http://ncert.nic.in/textbook/textbook.htm?lehc1=0-9
WEBSITES
https://nroer.gov.in
http:// asi.nic.in
http://ngmaindia.gov.in
http://nationalmuseumindia.gov.in
http://ccrtindia.gov.in
BIBLIOGRAPHY
An Introduction to Indian Art-Part I, Textbook for Visual Arts for
Class XI, NCERT
2022-23

5
Astronomy in India
Astronomy is the study of objects seen in the sky. It is an

ancient science, dating back perhaps to the time when
humans came out of caves to live in the open. They must
have felt a sense of wonder and awe as they looked at the
sky and observed celestial phenomena like the phases of the
moon, eclipses and appearance of different stars in the sky.
In the absence of real understanding, humans wove these
phenomena in mystery and incorporated them in their myths
and religions.
India, being a very old civilisation, had a strong tradition of
astronomy. Vedas and other religious texts speculated upon
many important questions of astronomy and cosmology.
These included questions relating to the origin of the universe,
though the discussion was couched in philosophical terms.
At the same time, there was a lot of activity in practical
astronomy which people needed in their daily lives. For
example, people needed to know when rains would come,
and they could sow their crops. They also needed to know
when they could celebrate marriages, and other ceremonies
and festivals. Besides, phenomena like the eclipses and
appearance of comets and shooting stars in the sky were
believed to bring misfortune to rulers and destruction from
wars, natural disasters like floods and earthquakes. Many
kings had, in fact, appointed astronomers to keep an eye
on the sky and report to them the occurrence of any such
astronomical events. Moreover, most people believed in
astrology which held that the motion of heavenly bodies
and the occurrence of natural phenomena had a profound
2022-23
5-- Astronomy in India.indd 79 15-10-2020 11:17:24

influence on their destiny. So, it was necessary to follow the
motion of heavenly bodies and to track events like eclipses.
Thus, the main preoccupations of the ancient astronomers
were — (i) devising calendars and reliable time-keeping
devices for measuring time, (ii) predicting time of occurrence
and duration of astronomical events such as eclipses, (iii)
noting the time of appearance of certain stars in the sky, and
(iv) observing the sun, moon and planets.
It is important to note that all these activities required
reliable estimates of the distances of the sun, moon and
other astronomical objects, as well as the ability to undertake
tedious mathematical calculations. Many important
contributions were made in these fields for which due credit
has perhaps not been given to Indian astronomers by the
Western historians of science.
The following section discuss the development of Indian
calendar. We will also discuss the phenomena of eclipses and
the variation in duration of sunlight in a day over the period
of a year. We will chronologically discuss India's contribution
in the field of astronomy.
ASTRONOMICAL PRACTICES IN INDIA

Let us consider first, the development of the Indian
calendar, often referred to as Hindu calendar, because other
communities have their own calendars. The Hindu calendar
is used by the majority of Indians, even when there is freedom
to use the official Western calendar, which is much simpler
to use. In contrast, most other calendars are based either on
the movement of the moon alone (lunar calendars), or the
movement of the sun alone (solar calendars). The lunar month
in the luni-solar Hindu calendar is used for fixing the dates
of festivals and other auspicious days, while the solar month
is used for regulating day-to-day life of the people. Since the
dates of festivals, days for fasting and special worships, are
all decided by the phases of the moon, the moon seems to
govern much of our social life.
The orbital period of the moon with respect to the stars,
called the sidereal period, is 27.3 days. The orbital period
observed from the moving earth round the Sun is 29.5
days. Therefore, the lunar month consists of two halves
of 15 days each, the dark half (Kṛṣṇapakṣa कृ ष्‍णपक्ष) starting
with the full moon as day one (ekam प्रथमा or एकम)् , and the
bright half (Śuklapakṣa शकु ्लपक्ष) starting with the new moon
day as day one (ekam). However, in some calendars, the new
moon day is taken as the last day of Kṛṣṇapakṣa and the
full moon day is taken as the last day of the Śuklapakṣa.
So, while stating the day of the month, we have to specify
2022-23

whether it falls in the Kṛṣṇapakṣa or Śuklapakṣa. There is
no uniform practice regarding the start of the month; in
some regions the month starts on a new moon day, while in
other regions the start of the month is reckoned from the full
moon day.
To understand the solar month, we would need
to understand the concept of stellar constellations. A
constellation is a group of stars that resembles the figure of
an animal, a figure from a mythical story, or an imaginary
object. The point is that each constellation is a familiar figure
in the night sky which can be easily identified.
The path of the earth round the Sun is called ecliptic. On
both sides of the ecliptic, a belt around 8 degrees wide has
been defined as Zodiac, or Rāśi Cakra. Rāśi Cakra contains
12 constellations. These are known as zodiacal constellations,
or Rāśis. These constellations and their signs are shown in
the figure below. During its annual motion, the Sun takes
about a month to cross each constellation.
Another important component of the Indian calendar is
Nakṣatra. To understand what a Nakṣatra is, consider the
motion of the moon round the earth. With respect to stars,
the orbital period of the moon is 27.3 days. With each day of
the lunar orbit, ancient astronomers identified a prominent
star and associated it with the moon. These stars are called
Nakṣatras. In all there are 27 or 28 Nakṣatras. The position
of the moon is, thus, defined in terms of Nakṣatras.
The constellations of the zodiac. As seen from the earth, in early March the Sun is in Pisces. (I,II, ... in the
diagram refers to months January, February, .... respectively while numbers before them refer to dates)
ASTRONOMY IN INDIA 81
2022-23

The Sun takes roughly 30 days to move through a Rāśi.
The day the Sun enters a Rāśi is called Saṅkrānti (मकर संकांत‍ि).
For example, Makarā Saṅkrānti (मकर सक ं ांत‍ि) is the day when
the Sun enters Makarā Rāśi (मकर रातश, Capricornus). The
length of a solar month in Indian calendar is reckoned from
one Saṅkrānti to the next. The month is named after the
Nakshatra seen on the full moon day in that month. For
example, the month Caitra is named after the Nakśatra Citrā.
The day in Hindu calendar is defined from one sunrise to
the next sunrise. In contrast, the day in Western calendar
begins at midnight. As the speed of the Sun in its orbit is not
uniform and the sizes of zodiacal constellations are unequal,
the length of a solar month in Hindu calendar is also unequal;
it can vary from 29 to 32 days.
Calendar month names in Hindu Calendars
Caitra चैत्र
Vaiśākha वैशाख
Jyeṣṭḥa ज्‍येष्‍ठ
Āṣāḍha आषाढ़
Śrāvaṇa श्ाव‍ण
Bhādrapada भाद्रपद
A- śvina आतविन
Kārtika कात‍ितिक
Agrahāyaṇa अग्रहा्‍‍ण
Pauṣa पौष
Māgha माघ
Phālguna फाल्नु
Since a lunar year is about 11 days shorter than the solar
year, there is obviously a need to harmonise the two systems,
so that important festivals fall during the same period every
year and do not drift from season to season, as happens with
many calendars. Hindu calendar makers solved this problem
by adding a lunar month after every three years.
Purely lunar calendars, such as Hijri calendar followed by
Muslims, do not have provision to reconcile the lunar year
with the solar year. Their festivals and other holy days fall
in different seasons. An example is the month of Ramzan or
Ramadan, the month in which Muslims observe fasting for
the whole month. Ramzan falls sometimes in winter, another
time in summer, and yet another time in autumn; it keeps
rotating from season to season.
2022-23

The rules for adding the extra month in the Hindu
calendar are complicated. A simplified version of the rule is
explained here.
A solar year is about 365.25 days long, while a lunar year
is about 354 days long. The difference of 11 days amounts to
a month in about 2.7 years. So, in about 3 years it becomes
necessary to accommodate one extra month to keep lunar
year in step with the solar year. Note that the average length
of a solar month is 30 days and 10.5 hours. On the other
hand, a lunar month is 29.3 days. Thus, it is possible that
there will be solar months which will have two new moons.
On such occasions, the two lunar months are given the same
name. Of these two lunar months, the one which does not
contain a Sankranti is called adhika (अतिक, extra) month,
or malamāsa. The year then consists of 13 months. During
such a year, all the festivals occur about a month earlier. In
the next two years, they drift back to later times in the year.
Thus, the festivals oscillate and occur within a range of about
one month.
The problem of a festival occurring on two successive
days has to do with another element of the Hindu calendar.
This one is called astronomical tithi (त‍ितथ), or just simply, tithi.
A tithi is a lunar date and determined by the positions of the
Sun and the moon at any given time. The duration of a tithi is
determined by the angular separation between the Sun and
the moon as seen from the earth. The next tithi begins when
their separation changes by 12 degrees. There are in all 30
tithis. A tithi can change at any time during the day.
The orbits of the Sun and the moon are elliptic. In an
elliptic orbit, such as that of the moon around the earth,
the orbital speed of an object is not uniform. Moreover, the
motion of the Sun and the moon may suffer from various other
perturbations. Thus, the duration of tithis is not constant. Its
duration can vary between 19 and 26 hours. Some tithis may
be longer than the time from one sunrise to the next (a day
according to the Hindu calendar) and some may be shorter
than this interval.
Since the tithis are of variable duration, quite often there
is a change of tithi during a day. For example, according
to a Pañcaṅga of 24 October 2017 for North India, the tithi
at sunrise (6:27 AM) is fourth tithi, which could also be
-
Pañcami and it will change to the fifth tithi, which could also
-
be Caturthi during the day.
A school of astronomers believes that the tithi at sunrise
on a particular day should be considered the tithi for the
whole day even if it changes to the next during the day.
Considering the above example, according to this school of
thought, the tithi for the whole day would be fourth. Now
2022-23

imagine that on a particular day the tithi at sunrise is N. If
this tithi is longer than 24 hours, then it is possible that the
tithi at sunrise next day will still be N. So, according to this
school, a tithi gets repeated on two days. On the other hand,
if the duration of the tithi (N + 1) is shorter than 24 hours,
then the tithi at sunrise next day will be (N + 2); tithi (N + 1)
will be missing.
The other school of thought believes that cognisance
should be taken if a tithi changes during the day. According
to these people, after 7:06 AM, the tithi on 24 October 2017
should be taken as fifth (पचं मी), though the tithi at the start of
the day (sunrise 6:27 AM) was fourth (च‍िथ ु थी). The difference
between these two schools is the cause of confusion which
results in a festival occurring on two consecutive days, or a
festival occurring for a time shorter than a day.
EXPLANATION OF ECLIPSES
While seeking explanation of the eclipses, it must be
appreciated that the astronomers needed to realise that the
moon has no light of its own and it shines in the light of
the Sun. They also needed fairly accurate knowledge of the
distances of the Sun and the moon from the earth.
The eclipse of the Sun occurs when the moon comes in
between the earth and the Sun. As a result, the light of the
Sun does not reach some parts of the earth. An observer in
these parts is not able to see a part or the whole of the Sun.
The lunar eclipse occurs when the earth comes in between
the moon and the Sun. It must be appreciated that these
three bodies do not come in contact with one another; only
one of these comes in between the other two during their
natural motion. This means that there is no change in the
Sun during the eclipse and it continues to emit the usual
radiation. There is, thus, no way that the Sun emits special
rays at the time of an eclipse which can harm us. Yet, this
myth is widely prevalent. However, even during a solar
eclipse the radiation of the Sun is strong enough to harm our
eyes. Therefore, we should take adequate precautions while
looking at the Sun.
2022-23

It was observed that the eclipses occur only on the days
of full moon or on days of new moon. The correct explanation
offered by the astronomers was that the planes of the orbits
of the earth and the moon are inclined to each other. The two
planes intersect along a line, called the line of nodes. The end
points of this line are known as nodes.
Only when the moon is at one of the nodes, can the eclipse
occur. At other times, the Sun, moon and the earth are not
in a straight line and the light of the Sun cannot be blocked.
Incidentally, these nodes were named as Rahu and Ketu.
Those people who did not understand the true significance
of these nodal points had woven a myth around them which
is still prevalent in some sections of our society. It was said
that Rahu and Ketu are two demons to whom the Sun is
indebted. Since the Sun is unable to clear the debt, these
two demons appear periodically to ask the Sun to pay up.
As the Sun is unable to pay, Rahu and Ketu devour the Sun
and snuff out its light. Not only that, people also indulge in
charity at the time of an eclipse to lessen the burden of the
Sun. They also blow conches to chase away Rahu and Ketu.
Intersection of the orbital planes of the moon and the Sun. The
figure shows the line of nodes and the two nodes.
Only when earth, moon and the Sun lie in the same
plane, can eclipses occur.
2022-23

It is also believed that the period of an eclipse is inauspicious
as, scientifically, more germs grow due to the absence of
sunlight. To ward off the harmful effects of this period, people
observe fast and throw away all perishable foods.
UttarāyaṇA AND DAKṣIṇāyana

Over a period of time it was noted by astronomers that the
duration of sunlight in a day varied throughout the year.
Longer sunlight hours coincided with the summer season
while shorter sunlight periods occurred during the winter
season. Further, it was also observed that the position of
sunrise changed every day; it drifted towards North, then
towards South and again towards North, completing one
cycle in one year. It was found that in our part of the world
the southward change in the position of sunrise indicated
approaching winter, while the northward drift in the position
of sunrise meant that summer was approaching. When the
Sun started its northward journey after its maximum drift to
south, it was said to enter Uttarāyaṇa. When the Sun begins
to travel towards south from its maximum displacement
towards north, it is said to enter Dakṣiṇāyana. Uttarāyaṇa
was considered an auspicious event; it is celebrated even
today as a festive occasion in our country.
There is an interesting story associated with Uttarāyaṇa.
-
Bhiṣma, one of the main characters of Mahābhārata, was
blessed with the power of choosing the time of his death.
-
During the Mahābhārata war, Bhiṣma was wounded and lay
on a bed of arrows. He declared that he would die only during
the auspicious period of Uttarāyaṇa. It must be pointed out
that about 2000 years back when the foundations of Indian
astronomy were being laid, Uttarāyaṇa occurred around 14
January. However, due to precession, a slow change in the
direction of the axis of earth’s rotation, the event has drifted
backwards and occurs now around 23 December.
You can also perform a simple activity (given on page 87)
to observe how the position of sunrise changes with time.
SOME ANCIENT INDIAN ASTRONOMERS

Āryabhaṭṭa
Āryabhaṭṭa is one of the most well-known ancient Indian
astronomers. He was born in 476 C.E. somewhere near
-
modern Patna. His work is compiled in Āryabhaṭiyam,
perhaps the most influential book in the history of Indian
astronomy. It is remarkable that he wrote this treatise when
he was only 23 years of age. He introduced the use of large
units of time, circular units of arc and units of distance. He
2022-23

ACTIVITY
Changing position of the rising Sun—Uttārayaṇa and Dakṣiṇāyana
Choose a convenient place from where explanation of many phenomena given by

the sunrise can be observed and make a our astronomers are very close to what
mark on the ground. Select a marker, such is presently accepted. It must be realised
as a tree or an electric pole, to mark the that all the complex calculations that the
position of the sunrise as observed from astronomers performed would not have
your selected position. Start early in the been possible without parallel development
morning just as the Sun rises. Observe in mathematics, particularly solution of
the position of the sunrise with respect to algebraic equations and trigonometry. India
the marker. Repeat observation every week boasted of some of the best mathematicians,
on the same day and at about the same whose works are now being appreciated
time. It will be a good idea to photograph in mathematical and scientific circles.
the rising sun from your chosen position The brief biographical sketches of some
such that the marker is also in the frame astronomers and mathematicians highlight
in every observation. You would notice that many aspects of development in astronomy
the position of sunrise keeps changing. and mathematics in India.
If you perform this activity
for a whole year, you will find
the position of the Sun changes
continuously throughout the
year. You will find that from the
summer solstice, which is around
21 June, the position of the sunrise
graudallly shifts towards south.
The time the Sun starts
moving towards south marks
the beginning of Dakṣiṇāyana. It
remains in Dakṣiṇāyana, that is,
it keeps moving towards south,
till about 23 December which
is the time of winter solstice.
Thereafter, the Sun starts moving
towards north. It is then said to be
the beginning of Uttarāyana, the
journey of the Sun northwards.
From the above account,
it is clear that the tradition of
astronomy, particularly practical
and utilitarian astronomy, was
very strong in ancient India.
Indian astronomers were able Schematic diagram showing the position of
to explain many phenomena Uttarayan and Dakshinayan
associated with the Sun, moon,
and other heavenly bodies. The
2022-23

was conversant with many attributes of planets and their
orbits including their inclinations to the ecliptic plane and
their orbital speeds. He suggested the scheme of adding a
month in Indian calendar to reconcile the lunar and solar
years. This additional month is known as adhikamāsa. We
owe him the concept of week days.
Āryabhaṭṭa conceived the idea of celestial sphere to
seek the explanation of ecliptic, celestial equator, zodiacal
constellations and their relation, occurrence of day and
night as also the shape of the earth. It appears that he was
convinced that the earth is spherical in shape and rotates
on its own axis. This results in the diurnal motion of the
stars and planets. He devised a method, unique for his time,
of expressing large numbers using alphabets which made it
easy to remember them. He was perhaps the first Indian to
determine the value of pi (p ) up to the first four places of
decimal, 3.1416, which is quite close to the present known
value. Aryabhatta’s work forms the basis for the work of later
generations of astronomers. India honoured this illustrious
astronomer by naming the first Indian satellite after him.
Varāhamihira
Varāhamihira was a contemporary of Āryabhaṭṭa, born in the
beginning of sixth century C.E. When he was quite young,
he met Āryabhaṭṭa, and was inspired to make the study of
astronomy and astrology as his mission in life. His actual
name was Mihira. He earned the title of Varāha from the
king Vikramāditya because of his expertise in astrology. He
studied all the previous systems of astronomy and compiled
them into a single treatise, called Pañcasiddhāntikā,
which facilitated the work of later astronomers. He also
compiled a compendium called Bṛhatsaṁhitā. He considered
Sūryasiddhānta to be the best astronomical system among
the five systems prevalent at that time. It is remarkable that
the revised versions of Sūryasiddhānta text are still used for
astronomical reference. Varāhamihira is given the credit for
stating that the equinoxes shift due to precession by 50.32
seconds of arc per year.
Bhāskara I
Bhāskara I, an eminent astronomer and mathematician
of seventh century C.E., was born in 600 C.E., only a few
decades after Āryabhaṭṭa. He not only compiled the works
of Āryabhaṭṭa and other astronomers, but also commented
-
on Āryabhaṭiyam. He improved on the sine series developed
by Āryabhaṭṭa. Bhāskara’s most important contribution to
2022-23

India in mathematics and astronomy was to establish the
method of writing large numbers using positional values. He
introduced the symbol circle for zero. The idea of positional
values along with zero meant that the symbol for 5 could
represent values 5, 50, 500 and so on, depending on where
they are placed. His works are contained in two books,
- -
Mahābhāskariya and Laghubhāskariya. The second satellite
launched by India was named after Bhāskara I.
Brahmagupta
Another great astronomer of ancient India, Brahmagupta,
was born in seventh century C.E. His work on mathematics
is of great importance, especially, the treatment of zero as
a number. It was the first time that zero was recognised as
a number. In addition, he dealt with positive and negative
numbers, referring to them as fortune and debt respectively.
He formulated the rules for addition, subtraction and
multiplication of positive and negative numbers between
themselves and with zero. These rules are valid even today.
He also suggested rules for the combination of fractions. In
arithmetic, his work covered the methods of finding squares,
square-roots, cubes and cube-roots of integers. He established
√10 (= 3.162277) as a good practical approximation for p
(= 3.141593). Brahmagupta worked on quadratic equations
and showed that a quadratic equation has two roots, one of
which could be negative. He provided solutions of quadratic
equations with two unknowns, the kind of problem which
was attempted first in Europe in seventeenth century by
Fermat, almost 1000 years later. Brahmagupta devoted a lot
of his time to the development in geometry and trigonometry.
He discovered a formula, now known as Brahmagupta
formula, dealing with the area of a cyclic quadrilateral. He is
also the author of Brahmagupta’s theorem which deals with
the diagonals of cyclic quadrilaterals. Most of his work is
compiled in his famous book Brahmaguptasiddhānta.
Bhāskara II
Bhāskara II, more commonly known as Bhāskarācārya, was
born in 1114 C.E. at Bijapur in Karnataka. He was the head
of the astronomical observatory at Ujjain, which was at one
time headed by the great astronomer and mathematician
Brahmagupta. His major work on astronomy is contained
in Siddhāntaśiromaṇi and Karaṇakutūhala, in which he
compiled data on planetary positions, conjunctions and
eclipses. In these works, he also described mathematical
techniques and astronomical equipment used at that time.
2022-23

Bhāskarācārya compiled the work of Brahmagupta,
filling the gaps in his work. He improved the decimal number
system and suggested that division by zero is an infinite
number. As an example he said that 3/0 = infinite number.
He was perhaps the first to suggest the representation of
unknown quantities in algebraic expressions by letters, as is
the practice today. He also gave the general solution of Pell
Equation (x2 = 1 + py2). His work in mathematics is compiled
- -
mainly in two books—Lilāvati and Bijagaṇita. He died in 1185
C.E. at Ujjain.
Kerala School of Astronomy

Here we will discuss the Kerala School of Astronomy
and Mathematics, which flourished during fourteenth to
sixteenth century C.E. During this time, a large number of
astronomers and mathematicians were active in solving the
problems of practical astronomy, most prominent of these
being Parameśvara (1362 –1455). Parameśvara mooted the
idea of heliocentric model of the solar system, which was
-
developed by Nilakantha around 1500 C.E. (for comparison,
note that the Copernicus’ formulation of heliocentric model
came in 1543 C.E.). One of the major achievements of the
Kerala School was the discovery of a method to develop the
infinite series of trigonometric functions. Initially the series
were given without proof, but later a proof for power series
for sine, cosine and arctangent functions was provided
by Jyeṣṭhadeva. These mathematical developments were
important for analysing astronomical observations. This was
perhaps the first time in the world that a power series of a
trigonometric function was developed. More importantly, this
happened some 100 years before the development of calculus
in Europe by Leibnitz and Newton. The work of Kerala
School is now acknowledged worldwide. However, the credit
of priority in proposing the heliocentric model of the solar
system and the invention of calculus is still denied to Indian
astronomers. The denial of the credit of priority in calculus is
presumably on the ground that these astronomers developed
the power series only for the functions that they needed for
their astronomical calculations and did not generalise the
method for any function.
LATER DEVELOPMENTS
During the early eighteenth century (A.D. 1723–1735) massive
yantramantra or Jantar Mantar observatories were built
at Delhi, Jaipur, Ujjain, Mathura and Varanasi by the
Maharaja of Jaipur, Sawai Jai Singh. Each of them contains
2022-23

a sundial consisting of a
gigantic triangular gnomon,
and many other yantras
for making astronomical
observations of planets and
stars. Some of the techniques
used to calculate planetary
positions and eclipses yielded
remarkably precise results.
ASTRONOMY IN MODERN
INDIA
We have learned of the
contribution of ancient Indian
astronomers to astronomy
from the pre-vedic time to
almost recent times. India
has contributed immensely
to both. In the modern
times also, the progress
in astronomy is based on
the developments in basic
sciences, new technological
tools, efficient computing
devices, high resolving power
telescopes, etc. Like in ancient
India, the modern India too is
playing a significant role in
the development of astronomy
Two views of New Delhi’s Jantar Mantar
worldwide. For example, the
(Courtesy: Michel Danino, IIT Gandhinagar)
Ooty Radio Telescope (ORT)
has produced results on radio galaxies, quasars, supernovae
and pulsars and aided in the discovery of several asteroids,
etc. India’s satellite Chandrayan-I has recently confirmed
the presence of water on moon, and Giant Meter Wave
Radio Telescope (GMRT) installed near Pune, discovered the
massive supercluster of galaxies, which has been named as
Saraswati supercluster.
Indian Institute of Astrophysics (IIA), Bengaluru, has
three major observatories. Vainu Bappu Telescope (VBT) at
Kavalur, 1 m Carl Zeiss reflecting telescope, and 1.3 m JC
Bhattacharya optical telescope. Kodaikanal Observatory was
established in 1889 as a Solar Physics Observatory. It has
various solar telescopes for the observations and study of
the Sun. The third observatory named Indian Astronomical
Observatory (IAO) is located at an altitude of 4517 m at
2022-23

The Ooty Radio Telescope
(Source: www.rac.ncra.tifr.res.in)
Hanle in Jammu and Kashmir. Its site is one of the world’s

highest observatory sites. It has 2 m telescope operating in
optical and near infrared regions. This telescope is remotely
operated from Bengaluru. It is named as Himalayan Chandra
Telescope (HCT). IAO also has another telescope called
HAGAR, which works in gamma ray region.
Aryabhatta Research Institute of Observational Sciences
(ARIES), Nainital, also has three telescopes: Sampurnanand
Himalayan Chandra Telescope Observatory

(Courtesy: Dorje Angchuk, IAO, Hanle, figure provided by Indian Institute of
Astrophysics, Bengaluru)
2022-23

Devasthal Optical
(Source: www.aries.res.in)
Telescope, Devasthal Fast Optical Telescope (DFOT), and

Devasthal Optical Telescope (DOT). The DOT is a custom-
built 3.6 m telescope. It is the
largest telescope in India for the
study of celestial objects at optical
wavelengths. It was installed
in 2016 at Devasthal, Nainital.
Inter University Center for
Astronomy and Astrophysics
(IUCAA), Pune, has Giravali
Observatory located about 80
km away. The observatory has
a reflecting telescope with a
mirror of 2 m aperture. This
observes radiations in optical
and near infra-red regions of the
electromagnetic spectrum.
National Center for Radio
Astrophysics (NCRA), Pune, is
a radio astrophysics research
center. It has a Giant Metrewave
Radio Telescope (GMRT) near
Pune with 30 fully steerable
dish type parabolic antennas
arranged in Y-shaped array
spread over a region of 25 km. GMRT array of thirty dishes
2022-23

The diameter of each antenna is
45 m. Presently, it is the world’s
largest radio telescope operating
at meter wavelength. GMRT
started its routine operation in
2000. The signals received from
these antennas are synthesised
together to gather information
about astronomical sources.
Radio Astronomy Center,
Ooty, which hosts the Ooty
Radio Telescope, is situated
near Udhagamandalam (Ooty). It
provides stimulating environment
for the front-line research in radio
A close-up of a dish
astronomy and astrophysics.
(Source: gmrt.ncra.tifr.res.in)
Physical Research Laboratory,
Ahmedabad, has two observatories, at Mount Abu and
Udaipur in Rajasthan. Mount Abu Infrared Observatory,
has a 1.2 m telescope supported with instruments like
infrared camera and spectrograph, imaging Fabry-Perot
Spectrometer, optical polarimeter, etc. A solar research unit
at Udaipur Solar Observatory (USO), Udaipur, has Solar
Optical Telescope with 50 cm aperture. This unit is a part of
Global Oscillation Network Group (GONG) for studying the
Sun throughout the day.
India is also playing a significant role and contributing
globally to astronomy. It has become a joint partner for the
extremely large telescope, the Thirty Meter Telescope (TMT).
TMT will enable the scientists to study fainter objects in
the universe. These objects, being far away from us, tell
us the state of the universe in the distant past and provide
information about the evolution of the universe. Also, it will
allow us to study nearby objects in finer details, objects like
undiscovered planets and other objects in our Solar System
and other such extrasolar systems. This project is expected
to benefit Indian industries, and research and development
centers. It is expected that the TMT images would be twelve
times sharper than those from the Hubble Space Telescope.
A team of Indian Scientists was a part of the group which
announced in 2016, the discovery of gravitational waves
predicted by Einstein. India is also joining the international
group of Laser Interferometer Gravitational-Wave Observatory
(LIGO). LIGO is a large-scale experiment to detect cosmic
gravitational waves and to develop them as an astronomical
tool to study the evolution of the universe.
2022-23

While having thousands of dishes and upto 10 lakhs
antennas spread in an area of 12 km, the proposed is
designed to survey the entire sky much faster and in much
greater detail than any other existing system. India is also
a part of the international Square Kilometer Array (SKA)
project. Its construction is expected to begin in 2019 in
Africa and Australia. Preliminary observations are expected
from around 2025.
EXERCISES
1. Write a few sentences on the development of astronomy in
India.
2. Briefly describe the contribution of Āryabhaṭṭa to astronomy.
3. What is the significant contribution of Kerala School to
astronomy?
4. Why eclipses occur only on full moon day or on new moon
day? Explain.
5. Explain the importance of tithi in Indian Calendar.
6. Identify the situations in which solar eclipse and the lunar
eclipse occur.
7. Explain why the shadows seen in the photographs of eclipses
are circular?
8. Name a few Indian institutions where research in radio
astronomy is carried out.
9. List the locations of large optical telescopes in India.
10. What is the full form of LIGO? Discuss its importance.
11. It is said that astronomy is the study of the past. Comment.
12. Name the city where Sawai Jai Singh observatory is built.
13. Match the following:
Sūryasiddhānta Moon
Lunar Year Jantar Mantar observatories
Nakśatras Varāhamihira
Nilkantha 354 days
Rāśi Udaipur
GONG Ecliptic
Jai Singh Heliocentric solar system
PROJECT IDEAS
1. Study some of the main instruments of the Jantar Mantar (Delhi
or Jaipur) and try to explain their functions and principles.
Your project should underline the historical importance and
technical principles of the Jantar Mantar. You may prepare a
power point presentation.
2022-23

2. Make a list of at least ten major Indian astronomers; mention
their contributions and their impact on the society around
them.
3. Draw a timeline of Indian astronomy, including some of its
most famous representatives.
4. Look at the night sky and try to identify as many stars and
constellations as possible.
EXTENDED ACTIVITIES
• Make a working model for determining the true North-South
direction at your location. For this, you can use the shadows
of a stick.
• Draw the different phases of moon at your location on different
nights (you may also take photographs!) and then explain the
formation of these phases.
• Attempt to make a scale model of the solar system.
• Visit the nearest planetarium and acquire the basic knowledge
of astronomy, beginning with our solar system. Reflect on how
much the ancients (not just in India) were able to observe and
calculate despite having no telescopes.
• Learn to observe the night sky and identify the main
constellations (not just the nakshatras), both by their
international and Indian names.
• Construct a sundial; observe the variations of the shadow not
only in the course of the day, but in the course of the year.
Indian astronomers researched the equations of the gnomon
and shadow extensively; try to refer to some of their research
and put it in modern terms.
INTERNET RESOURCES AND APPS

(All URLS Accessed in October 2018)
http://jantarmantar.org
www.skyandtelescope.com
www.space-india.com;
https://www.iiap.res.in;
https://www.aries.res.in;
https://www.ncra.tifr.res.in;
https://www.icts.res.in/program/AS2012;
https://nptel.ac.in/courses/121104006/
www.euhou.net;
www.ipsindia.org;
www.astronomy.com/News-Observing
www.astronomynow.com;
www.sky-map.org
2022-23

http://outreach.as.utexas.edu/marykay/highschool/hs.html
http://galileo.phys.virginia.edu/classes109N/lectures/greek_
astro.htm
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=n-oITe1dsdU; …= KyExE-
GXg54; …=Y7dQoSkoN0g
To study the celestial objects and to and enjoy all the activities that
are happening up in the sky, one can simply download stargazing
apps on to Android or iOS powered devices. A list of some such
Apps is given here:
Stars Chart; Sky View; Distant Suns; NASA App; Pocket Universe;
ISS Detector; Star & Planet Finder; Night Sky Lite; Solar Walk;
SkySafari 5; SkEye; Heavens-Above;
Stellarium Mobile Sky Map; Satellite Augmented Reality;
GoSkyWatch Planetarium; Solar System Explorer 3D; Star Tracker
– Mobile Sky Map; SkyMap; ZSD; India Sky Map, etc.
SUGGESTED READINGS
BASU, B., T. CHATOPADHYAY AND S. NATH BISWAS. 2010. An Introduction
to Astrophysics. 2nd Ed. Prentice Hall, New Delhi.
CHATTERJEE, S.K. 2006. Indian Calendric System. 2nd Ed. Publication
Division, Government of India.
MACNICOL, N. 2003. Hindu Scriptures: Hymns from the Rigveda, Five
Upanishads and the Bhagavadgita. Indigo Books and Cosmo
Publications, New Delhi.
RAO, S.B. 2000. Indian Astronomy: An Introduction. Universities
Press, Hyderabad.
RAO, S.B. 2004. Indian Mathematics and Astronomy: Some
Landmarks. Jnana Deep Publications, 3rd Ed. Bangalore.
SARMA, K.V. 1972. A History of the Kerala School of Hindu Astronomy
(in Perspective). Vishveshvaranand Institute, Hoshiarpur.
SARMA, S.R. 2008. The Archaic and the Exotic: Studies in the History
of Indian Astronomical Instruments. Manohar, New Delhi.
SEN, S.N. AND K.S. SHUKLA. Eds. 2000. History of Astronomy in India.
2nd Ed. Indian National Science Academy, New Delhi.
SHARMA, V.N. 1995. Sawai Jai Singh and His Astronomy. Motilal
Banarsidass, Delhi.
SRIRAM, M.S., K. RAMASUBRAMANIAN AND M.D. SRINIVAS. 2000. 500 Years
of Tantrasangraha: A Landmark in the History of Astronomy.
Inter University Centre and Indian Institute of Advanced Study,
Shimla.
SUBBARAYAPPA, B.V. 2008. The Tradition of Astronomy in India:
Jyotihśāstra. In History of Science, Philosophy and Culture
in Indian Civilisation, Centre for Studies in Civilisation, New
Delhi, Vol. 4. No. 4.
TYSON, N.D.G. 2017. Astrophysics for People in a Hurry. Higher
Education Textbooks.
2022-23

GLOSSARY
Astronomy: The scientific study of the celestial objects, their
positions, their motions, their radiations reaching on earth and
their nature.
Eclipse: The darkening of one non-luminous object by the shadow
of another non-luminous object. Solar eclipse or ‘eclipse of Sun’
occurs when the Sun, the moon, and the earth are in line. In this
situation the shadow of the moon falls on the earth. Lunar eclipse
or ‘eclipse of the moon’ is said to occur when the shadow of the
earth falls on the moon.
Sidereal period of a year: The ‘year’ of a planet. It is the actual
period of its revolution round the Sun. The sidereal period of the
earth is 365.256 days. The sidereal period of mars is 686.980 days.
The sidereal period of the jupiter is about 12 years.
Solstice: The points at which the Sun reaches its greatest
declination. The winter solstice is the point (around 23 December)
when the position of sunrise gradually shifts towards north. The
summer solstice is the point (around 21 June) when the position of
sunrise gradually shifts towards south.
Spectrometer: In astronomical sense, it is an instrument used for
measuring the energy distribution of a particular type of radiation.
Supercluster: A supercluster is an association of galaxy clusters
and groups. It is composed of a few rich clusters and many poorer
groups and isolated galaxies.
2022-23

6
Mathematics in India
Little is known to us at present regarding the achievements

of the early Indian mathematicians and our indebtedness
to them. A look at the works done in mathematics by
Indians in the ancient period makes one wonder about their
achievements. It also makes us realise as to how important it
was considered in the ancient period in India. For instance,
it is now generally admitted that the decimal place value
system of numeral notation was invented and first used by
the Indians.
This chapter will give a fairly good idea about the growth
and development of some of the major areas of mathematics
in India from the earliest known times down to the
seventeenth century of the Christian era.
A GLIMPSE OF ANCIENT INDIA

The discoveries at Mohenjodaro reveal that as early as 3,000
B.C., the inhabitants of the land of the Sindhu lived a highly
organised life. In fact, they were more advanced than any
other people of that period. The Brāhmaṇa literature (2000
B.C.) which follows the Vedas, is partly ritualistic and
partly philosophical. Continuous progress and brilliant
achievements were made after this Brāhmaṇa period for
more than two thousand years. The culture of the science of
mathematics or of any other branch of knowledge, was not
considered to be a hindrance to spiritual knowledge.
Importance to the culture of Gaṇita (mathematics) is
also given by the Jainas. Their religious literature includes
gaṇita anuyoga. The knowledge of Saṁkhyāna is stated to
2022-23
6-- Mathematics in India.indd 99 15-10-2020 11:18:07

be one of the principal accomplishments of the Jaina priest.
In Buddhist literature too, arithmetic (gaṇanā saṁkhyāna)
is regarded as the first and the noblest of the arts. All these
will give a fair idea of the importance and value set upon the
culture of gaṇita in ancient India.
DEVELOPMENT OF NUMERICAL SYMBOLISM

From the very early times, ten has formed the basis of
numeration in India. It is also characteristic of India, that
a long series of number names have been found of very
high numerals. The reference to the use of numerical
denominations as big as 1012 in the Yajurveda Saṁhitā
and in several other Vedic works, offer sufficient grounds
for concluding that, even at that remote period, the Indians
must have possessed a well developed system of numerical
symbols. The writings on the inscriptions of Asoka show that
in his time the use of numerical symbols in India was quite
common.
The variations in the forms of the numerical signs suggest
-
that the symbols had been in use for a long time. The Brāhmi
Numerals are a purely Indian invention. Our knowledge
of these symbols goes back to the time of King Asoka (300
B.C.), whose vast dominions included the whole of India
and extended in the north upto Central Asia. A number of
inscriptions containing numerals and dating from A.D. first
or second century are found in a cave in the district of Nasik
of the then Bombay presidency. The numbers 1, 2 and 3 of
the Brahmi notation were denoted by one, two and three
horizontal lines placed one below the other.
It is clear now that India has a long tradition of
mathematics. However, the period A.D. 500–1200 is
extremely interesting in the sense that this is known as the
Golden (Siddhāntic) period of Indian mathematics. It begins
with Aryabhata I, who was born in A.D. 496, a pioneer
mathematician known for his systematic collection and
systematisation of knowledge, and ends with Bhaskara II
born in A.D. 1114 who put the knowledge of mathematics on
a solid foundation. The mathematicians in between them—
Varāhamihira (A.D. 505), Bhāskara I (A.D. 600), Brahmagupta
Āryabhaṭa - - -
Source: Mathematics, Class XI, (A.D. 628), Mahāvi ra (A.D. 850), Śri dhara (A.D. 850), Śri pati
NCERT (A.D. 1039), were equally famous.
2022-23

-
Āryabhaṭiya of Āryabhaṭa I has two sections—Daśagtikā
(some essential parameters on decimal scale and discovery
of zero, elements of trigonometry) and Gaṇita (eight fundamental
operations, plane geometry, algebraical equations and
their solutions). Brahmagupta has two sections in his
Brahmasphuṭasiddhānta —Gaṇita (mathematics) and Kuṭṭaka
(pulveriser), whereas Bhāskara II wrote two separate works,
- - -
Lilāvati (mathematics) and Bijagaṇita (algebra), which show
how the knowledge of mathematics has expanded in volumes
in this period.
The symbol for zero was discovered by Āryabhaṭa I (born
in A.D. 496) in connection to the decimal expression of
numbers. Āryabhaṭa I says, “the vacant places should be
filled up with a circle” which looks like ‘śūnya’. This has been
illustrated by his commentator Bhaskara I (A.D. 600). This
indeed brought a revolution in mathematical computation
and simplified the whole technique of expressing numbers
with nine numerical symbols and zero.
ARITHMETIC
Arithmetic forms the major part of pāṭigaṇita. The word
pāṭigaṇita is a compound word formed from the words pāṭi,
meaning ‘board,’ and gaṇita, meaning ‘science of calculation’.
Thus it means the science of calculation which requires
the use of writing material (the board). The carrying out
of mathematical calculations was sometimes called dhūli-
karma (‘dust-work’), because the figures were written
on dust spread on a board or on the ground. According
to Brahmagupta there are twenty operations and eight
determinations in pāṭigaṇita. He says: “He who distinctly and
separately knows the twenty logistics, i.e., addition, etc., and
the eight determinations including (measurement by shadow)
is a mathematician.” Āryabhaṭa I (A.D. 499) was the first
to include a section on mathematics in his Siddhānta, the
-
Āryabhatiya. Brahmagupta (A.D. 628) followed Āryabhaṭṭa in
this respect, and after him it became the general fashion to
include a section on mathematics in a Siddhānta work.
In India conciseness of composition, especially in scientific
matters, had greater value in the eyes of the learned. It is
for this reason that the Indian treatises contain only a brief
statement of the known formulae and results, sometimes so
concisely expressed as to be hardly understandable. This
compactness is more pronounced in the older works; for
-
instance, the exposition in the Āryabhaṭi ya is more compact
than in the later works.
The eight fundamental operations of ancient gaṇita are:
Brahmagupta
(1) addition, (2) subtraction, (3) multiplication, (4) division,
MATHEMATICS IN INDIA 101
2022-23

(5) square, (6) square-root, (7) cube and (8) cube-root.
Aryabhatta I gave the rules for finding the square and cube-
roots only, whilst Brahmagupta gave the cube-root rule only.
That all mathematical operations are variations of the
two fundamental operations of addition and subtraction, was
recognised by the Indian mathematicians from early times.
Bhāskara I states that—“All arithmetical operations resolve
into two categories, though usually considered to be four.
The two main categories are increase and decrease. Addition
is increase and subtraction is decrease. These two varieties
of operations permeate the whole of mathematics (gaṇita).”
So previous teachers have said: “Multiplication and evolution
are particular kinds of addition; and division and involution
that of subtraction. Indeed every mathematical operation will
be recognised to consist of increase and decrease.”
Addition
Aryabhata II defines addition as— “The making into one of
several numbers is addition”. The ancient name for addition is
saṁkalita (made together). Other equivalent terms commonly
used are saṁkalana (making together), miśraṇa (mixing),
sammelana (mingling together), prakṣepaṇa (throwing
-
together), saṁyojana (joining together), ekikaraṇa (making
into one), yukti, yoga (addition) and abhyāsa, etc. The word
saṁkalita has been used by some writers in the general sense
of the sum of a series.
In all mathematical and astronomical works, knowledge of
the process of addition is taken for granted. Very brief mention
of it is made in some later works of elementary character.
- -
Thus Bhāskara II says in the Lilāvati: “Add the figures in
the same places in the direct or the inverse order.” In the
direct process of addition referred to above, the numbers to
be added are written down, one below the other, and a line
is drawn at the bottom, below which the sum is written. At
first the sum of the numbers standing in the units place is
written down, thus giving the first figure of the sum. The
numbers in the tens place are then added together and their
sum is added to the figure in the tens place of the partial
sum standing below the line and the result is substituted
in its place. Thus the figure in the tens place of the sum is
obtained, and so on.
In the inverse process of addition, the numbers standing
in the last place (extreme left) are added together and the
result is placed below this last place. The numbers in the
next place are then added and the process continues. The
numbers of the partial sum are corrected, if necessary, when
the figures in the next vertical line are added. For instance,
2022-23

if 12 be the sum of the numbers in the last place, 12 is put
below the bottom line, 2 being directly below the numbers
added; then, if the sum of the numbers in the next place is
13 (say), 3 is placed below the figures added and 1 is carried
to the left. Thus, the figure 2 of the partial sum 12 is rubbed
out and substituted by 3. Let us find 26 + 57.
Direct Process
Step 1: Step 2: Step 3: Step 4:
26 26 26 26
+57 + 57 +57 + 57
________ ________ ________ ________
13 7 13 (7+1) 3 83
Inverse Process
Step 1: Step 2: Step 3: Step 4:
26 26 26 26
+57 + 57 +57 + 57
________ ________ ________ ________
7 7 13 (7+1) 3 83
Subtraction
Aryabhata II (A.D. 950) defines subtraction as:
“The taking out (of some number) from the sarvadhana (total)
is subtraction; what remains is called Śeṣa (remainder).”
The terms vyutkalita (made apart), vyutkalana (making
apart), śodhana (clearing), patana (causing to fall), viyoga
(separation), etc., have been used for subtraction. The terms
śeṣa (residue) and antara (difference) have been used for the
remainder. The minuend has been called sarvadhana or
viyojya and the subtrahend viyojaka.
Bhaskara II gives the method of subtraction thus:
“Subtract the numbers according to their places in the direct
or inverse order.” The direct process is explained with the
help of an example say, 1000 – 360. Six cannot be subtracted
from the zero standing in the tens place, so taking ten and
subtracting six from it, the remainder (four) is placed below
(six), and this ten is to be subtracted from the next place.
2022-23

For, as the places of unit, etc., are multiples of ten, so the
figure of the subtrahend that cannot be subtracted from
the corresponding figure of the minuend is subtracted from
ten, the remainder is taken and this ten is deducted from
the next place. In this way this ten is taken to the last place
until it is exhausted with the last figure. In other words,
numbers up to nine occupy one place, the differentiation of
places begins from ten, so it is known ‘how many tens are
here in a given number’, and therefore, the number that
cannot be subtracted from its own place is subtracted from
the next ten, and the remainder taken.”
The inverse process is similar, the only difference being
that “it begins from the last place of the minuend, and the
previously obtained partial differences are corrected, if
required. The process is suitable for working on a Pāṭi (board)
where figures can be easily rubbed out and corrected.”
Multiplication
The common Indian name for multiplication is guṇana. This
term appears to be the oldest as it occurs in Vedic literature.
The terms hanana, vadha, kṣaya, etc., which mean ‘killing’
or ‘destroying’, have also been used for multiplication. These
terms came into use after the invention of the new method
of multiplication with the decimal place-value numerals;
for in the new method, the figures of the multiplicand were
successively rubbed out (destroyed) and in their places
the figures of the product were written. Synonyms of
hanana (killing) have been used by Aryabhata I (A.D. 499),
-
Brahmagupta (A.D. 628), Śri dhara (A.D. 750), and later
writers. These terms also appear in the Bakhshali manuscript.
The ancient terminology proves that the definition of
multiplication was ‘a process of addition resting on repetition
of the multiplicand as many times as is the number of the
multiplicator.’ This definition occurs in the commentary of
-
the Āryabhaṭi ya by Bhāskara I.
The multiplicator was termed guṇya and the multiplier as
guṇaka or guṇakara. The product was called guṇana-phala
(result of multiplication) or prartyutpanna (‘reproduced’,
hence in arithmetic ‘reproduced by multiplication’).
2022-23

Methods of Multiplication
Brahmagupta mentions four methods: (1) gomutrikā,
(2) khanḍa, (3) bheda, and (4) iṣṭa. Āryabhata II (A.D. 950) did
not name the method and stated: “Place the first figure of the
multiplier over the last figure of the multiplicand, and then
multiply successively all the figures of the multiplier by each
figure of the multiplicand.”
-
Śri pati (A.D. 1039) gives the name kapaṭa-sandhi and
states: “Placing the multiplicand below the multiplier as in
the junction of two doors, multiply successively (the figures
of the multiplicand) by moving it (the multiplier) in the direct
or inverse order.”
The following illustrations explain the two processes of
multiplication according to the kapaṭa-sandhi plan:
Direct Process: This method of working does not appear

to have been popular. It has not been mentioned by writers
-
after the eleventh century, Śri pati (A.D. 1039) being the last
writer to mention it.
Example: Multiply 135 by 12.

The numbers are written down on the Pāṭi thus:
12
135
The first (i.e., rightmost) digit of the multiplicand (5) is
taken and multiplied with the digits of the multiplier. Thus
5×2= 10; 0 is written below 2, and 1 is to be carried over.
Then 5×1=5; adding 1 (carried over), we get 6. The number
5, which is no longer required is rubbed out and 6 is written
in its place. Thus, we have:
12
1360
The multiplier is then moved one place towards the left,
and we have:
12
1360
Now, 12 is multiplied by 3. The details are: 3×2=6; this 6
added to the figure 6 below 2 gives 12. 6 is rubbed out and
2 is substituted in its place. 1 is carried over. Then 3×1=3;
3 plus 1 (carried over)=4. 3 is rubbed out and 4 substituted.
After the multiplier 12 has been moved to another place
towards the left, the figures on the Pāṭi stand thus:
12
1420
Then, 1×2=2; 2+4=6; 4 is rubbed out and 6 substituted.
1×1= 1, which is placed to the left of 6.
2022-23

12
1620
As the operation has ended, 12 is rubbed out and the Pāṭi
has the product 1620.
Thus the numbers 12 and 135 have been killed and a new
number 1620 is born (pratyutpanna).
Inverse Process: There appears to have been two varieties of

the inverse method.
(a) In the first, the numbers are written thus:
12
135
Multiplication begins with the last (i.e., left most) digit of
the multiplicand.
Thus 1×2=2; 1 is rubbed out and 2 substituted; then
1×1=1, this is written to the left; the multiplier 12 is moved
to the next figure. The work on the pāṭi will now be:
12
1235
Then, 3×2=6; 3 is rubbed out and 6 substituted; then
3×1=3 and 3+2=5; 2 is rubbed out and 5 substituted in its
place. The multiplier having been moved, the work on the pāṭi
now is:
12
1565
Now, 5×2= 10; 5 is rubbed out and 0 substituted in its
place; then 5×1=5; 5+1=6; 6+6=12; 6 is rubbed out and 2
substituted, and 1 is carried over; then 1+ 5 = 6, 5 is rubbed
out and 6 substituted in its place. The Pāṭi has now 1620 as
the product (pratyutpanna). The figures to be carried over are
noted down on a separate portion of the pāṭi and rubbed out
after addition.
(b) In the second method, the partial multiplications (i.e., the
multiplications by the digits of the multiplicand) are carried
out in the direct manner. These partial multiplications,
however, seem to have been carried out in the inverse way,
this being the general fashion.
Division
Division seems to have been regarded as the inverse of
multiplication. The common Indian names for the operation
are bhāgahara, bhājana, haraṇa, chedana, etc. All these terms
2022-23

literally mean ‘to break into parts,’ i.e., ‘to divide’, except haraṇa,
which means ‘to take away’. This term shows the relation of
division to subtraction. The dividend is termed as bhājya,
hārya, etc., the divisor is termed as bhājaka, bhāgahara or
simply hara, and the quotient is called as labdhi, which means
‘what is obtained’ or labdha.
The Method of Long Division

The following example will serve to illustrate the Indian
method of performing the operation on a pāṭi:
Example: Divide 1620 by 12.

The divisor 12 is placed below the dividend in this way:
1620
12
The process begins from the extreme left of the dividend,
which is 16 in this case. This 16 is divided by 12. The quotient
1 is placed in a separate line. Thus, the partial quotient 1,
being written, the procedure is:
1620 1
12 line of quotients
16 is rubbed out and the remainder 4 is substituted in
its place. The subtraction is made by rubbing out figures
successively as each figure of the product to be subtracted is
obtained, the figures on the pāṭi are:
420 1
12 line of quotients
The divisor 12 is now moved one place to the right giving:
420 1
12
line of quotients
42 is then divided by 12. The resulting quotient 3 is set in
the ‘line of quotients’, 42 is rubbed out and the remainder 6
substituted in its place. The figures now stand thus:
60 13
12
line of quotients
Moving the divisor one place to the right, we have
60
12
After performing the division as before, the resulting
quotient 5 is set in the ‘line of quotients’ and 60 is rubbed out
leaving no remainder. The line of quotients has 135, which
is the required result.
The above process, when the figures are not obliterated
and the successive steps are written down one below the
other, it becomes the modern method of long division. The
2022-23

method seems to have been invented in India about the fourth
century A.D., if not earlier.
Fractions
In the oldest known work, the Ṛgveda, the fractions one-
half (ardha) and three-fourths (tri-pāda) occur. In a passage
of the Maitrāyaṇi Saṁhitā, are mentioned the fractions
one-sixteenth (kala), one-twelfth (kustha), one-eighth (sapha)
and one-fourth (pāda). In the earliest known mathematical
work, the Sulbasūtra, fractions have not only been mentioned,
but have been used in the statement and solution of problems.
The occurrence of the fraction three-fourth in the Ṛgveda
is probably the oldest record of a composite fraction known
to us. The Sanskrit compound tri-pāda literally means ‘three
feet’. Used as a number, it denotes that the measure of the
part considered bears the same ratio to the whole as three
feet of a quadruped bear to the total number of its feet.
The term pāda, however, is a word numeral for one-fourth,
and the compound tri-pāda is formed exactly on the same
principle as the English term three-fourth. In the Sulba,
unit fractions are denoted by the use of a cardinal number
with the term bhāga or aṁśa; thus pañca-daśa-bhāga
(fifteen parts) is equivalent to one-fifteenth, sapta-bhāga
(seven parts) is equivalent to one-seventh, and so on. The
use of ordinal numbers with the term bhāga or aṁśa is also
quite common, e.g., pañcama-bhāga (fifth part) is equivalent
to one-fifth. Sometimes the word bhāga is omitted, probably
for the sake of metrical convenience. Composite fractions
like 3/8 and 2/7 are called tri-aṣṭama (three-eighths) and
dvi-saptama (two-sevenths) respectively.
Square
The Sanskrit term for square is varga or kṛti. The word varga
literally means ‘rows’ or ‘troops’ (of similar things). But in
mathematics, it ‘ordinarily denotes the square power and
also the square figure or its area’. Thus Aryabhata I says: “A
square figure of four equal sides and the (number representing
its) area are called varga. The product of two equal quantities
is also varga.”
2022-23

The term kṛti literally means ‘doing,’ ‘making’ or ‘action’.
It carries with it the idea of specific performance, probably
the graphical representation. Both the terms varga and kṛti
have been used in the mathematical treatises, but preference
is given to the term varga.
The following is the method of working on the Pāṭi, the
process beginning from the last place, according to Sridhara,
Mahavira, Bhaskara II and others:
Example: Find the square of 125.
The number is written down:
125
The last digit from the left is 1. Its square is placed over
itself.
1
125
Then twice the last digit (i.e., 1) is 2×1=2; placing it below
the rest of the figures (below 2 or below 5 accordingly as per
the direct or inverse method of multiplication, whichever is
used) and rubbing out the last digit 1, the work on the pāṭi
appears as:
1
25
2
Performing multiplication by 2 (below, i.e., 25×2 =50) and
placing the results over the respective figures, removing out
2, we get:
150
25
One round of operation is completed. Next, moving the
remaining digits i.e., 25, to the right by one place, we have:
150
25
Now, the process is repeated, i.e., the square of the last
digit (2) is placed over itself (by rubbing 0) giving:
154
25
Then, placing twice the last digit (i.e., 2×2=4) below the
rest of the digits and then rubbing out 2, we have:
154
5
4
Performing multiplication, 4×5 = 20, and placing it over
the corresponding figure 5, (i.e., 0 over 5 and 2 carried to the
left), the work on the pāṭi appears as:
1560
5
2022-23

Thus, the second round of operations is completed. Then
moving 5, we have:
1560
5
Squaring 5 we get 25, and placing it over 5, replacing 0
(i.e., 5 over 5 and 2 carried to the left), we have:
15625
5
As there are no remaining figures, the work ends.
5 being rubbed out, the pāṭi has 15625, the required
square.
Square-Root
The Hindi terms for the ‘root’ are mūla and pāda. The usual
meaning of the word mūla in Sanskrit literature is the ‘root’
of a plant or tree; but figuratively the foot or lowest part or
bottom of anything. Its other meanings are basis, foundation,
cause, origin, etc. The word pāda means ‘the lower part of the
leg’ (figuratively the lower part or basis of anything), foot, part,
portion, side, place, cause, a square on a chess-board, etc.
The meanings common to both the terms are foot, the lowest
part or basis of anything, cause or origin. It is, therefore,
quite clear that the Indians meant by the term varga-mūla
(square-root) the cause or origin of the square or the side of
the square (figure).
The description of the method of finding the square-root
-
is given in the Āryabhaṭi ya very concisely thus:
“Always divide the even place by twice the square-root
(upto the preceding odd place); after having subtracted from
the odd place the square (of the quotient), the quotient put
down at the next place (in the line of the root) gives the root.”
The method may be illustrated thus:
Example: Find the square-root of 54756.
The odd and even places are marked by vertical and horizontal
lines. The different steps are then as indicated hereby.
2022-23

– –
| | |
54756
Subtract the square of a 4 Root = 2 (I)
number just less than 5.
_________
Divide by twice the 4) 1 4 (3 Placing quotient
root at I (i.e. 2). 12 at the next place, the
_________ root =23 (II)
27
Subtract square of the 9
quotient i.e., 3 _________
Divide twice the root 46) 18 5 (4 Placing quotient at
at II (i.e. 23) 18 4 the next place, the
_________ root = 234 (III)
Subtract square of the 16
quotient i.e., 4 16
_________
The process ends. The root is 234.
GEOMETRY
The oldest known mathematics texts in existence are the
Sulbasūtras of Baudhāyana, Āpastamba and Kātyāyana,
which form part of the literature of the Sūtra period of the later
Vedic age. The Sulbasūtras had been estimated to have been
composed around 800 B.C. But the mathematical knowledge
recorded in these sutras are much more ancient; for the Sūlba
authors emphasise that they were merely stating facts already
known to the composers of the Brāhmaṇas and Saṁhitās
of the early Vedic age. The Sulbasūtras give a compilation
of the results in mathematics that had been used for the
designing and construction of the various elegant Vedic fire
altars. The altars had rich symbolic significance and had to
be constructed with accuracy. The designs of several of these
brick-altars are quite interesting, for instance, there are
constructions depicting a falcon in flight with curved wings,
a chariot-wheel complete with spokes or a tortoise with Baudhayana
extended head and legs. In Sulbasūtra, the types of triangles
namely Sama, dvisama and viṣamatribhūja were basically
equilateral, isosceles and scalene triangles.
2022-23

Throughout history, plane geometry has been known to
stand on two important pillars having applications: (i) the
result popularly known as the ‘Pythagoras theorem’, and
(ii) the properties of similar figures. In the Sulbasūtras, a
statement of the Pythagoras theorem can be seen alongwith
its applications in various geometric constructions, such as
construction of a square equal (in area) to the sum, or the
difference of two given squares, or to a rectangle.
Āryabhaṭa I gave the correct formulae for area or perimeter
of all the common geometrical figures, whereas Brahmagupta
gave correct formulae for area of the triangle; also of the cyclic
quadrilateral when sides are known, and diagonals of the
cyclic quadrilateral.
ALGEBRA
- -
The Indian name for the science of algebra is Bi jagaṇita. Bi ja
means ‘element’ or ‘analysis’ and gaṇita means ‘the science
-
of calculation’. Thus bi jagaṇita literally means ‘the science
of calculation with elements’ or ‘the science of analytical
calculation’. Brahmagupta (A.D. 628) calls algebra kuṭṭaka-
gaṇita, or simply kuṭṭaka. The term kuṭṭaka, meaning
‘pulveriser’, refers to a branch of the science of algebra dealing
particularly with the subject of indeterminate equations
of the first degree. It is interesting to find that this subject
was considered so important by the Indians that the whole
science of algebra was named after it in the beginning of the
seventh century. Algebra is also called avyakta-gaṇita, or ‘the
science of calculation with unknowns’ (avyakta=unknown) in
contradistinction to the name vyakta-gaṇita, or ‘the science
of calculation with knowns’ (vyakta=known) for arithmetic
including geometry and mensuration.
Importance of Algebra
The early Indians regarded algebra as a science of great utility.
In the opening verses of his treatise on algebra, Brahmagupta
observes:
“Since questions can scarcely be known (i.e., solved)
without algebra, therefore, I shall speak of algebra with
examples. By knowing the pulveriser, zero, negative and
positive quantities, unknowns, elimination of the middle
term, equations with one unknown, factum and the square-
nature, one becomes the learned professor (ācārya) amongst
the learned.”
Similarly Bhāskara II (1150 A.D.) writes — “What the
learned calculators (saṁkhyāpaka) describe as the originator
of intelligence, being directed by a wise being (satpuruṣa) and
2022-23

-
which alone is the primal cause (bija) of all knowns (vyakta),
I venerate that Invisible God as well as that Science of
Calculation with Unknowns... Since questions can scarcely
be solved without the reasoning of algebra, not at all by those
of dull perceptions I shall speak, therefore, of the operations
of analysis.” Thus, according to Bhāskara II, algebra may be
defined as the science which treats numbers expressed by
means of symbols, and in which there is scope and primary
need for intelligent artifices and ingenious devices.
Origin of Algebra in India

The origin of algebra in India can be traced back to the period
of the Sulba (800–500 B.C.) and the Brāhmaṇa (2000 B.C.).
But it was then mostly geometrical. The geometrical method
of the transformation of a square into a rectangle having
a given side, which is described in the important Sulba is
obviously equivalent to the solution of a linear equation in
one unknown, viz., ax = c2n. The quadratic equation has its
counterpart in the construction of a figure (an altar) similar
to a given one but differing in area from it by a specified
amount. The usual method of solving that problem was to
increase the unit of measure of the linear dimensions of
the figure.
Āryabhaṭṭa I also made important contributions in
Binomial expansion. These were used to find operations on
indices, square, square-root, cube, cube-root, etc.
TRIGONOMETRY
Apart from developing the concepts of Algebra, Indians
also worked on systematically developing the concepts of
Trigonometry that resembled its modern form. They used
algebra in its further development.
Although the Greeks founded trigonometry, their
progress was halted due to the absence of adequate algebraic
machinery and notations. Indians invented the sine and
cosine functions, discovered most of the standard formulae
and identities, including the basic formula for sin(A ± B)
and constructed fairly accurate sine tables. Brahmagupta
(A.D. 628) and Govindaswami (A.D. 880) gave interpolation
formulae for calculating the sines of intermediate angles from
sine tables—these are special cases of the Newton-Stirling
and Newton-Gauss formulae for second-order difference
(which are studied in advanced classes). Remarkable
approximations are given in Indian texts including 3.1416
of Āryabhaṭa I (A.D. 499), 3.14159265359 of Mādhava
-
(A.D. 1500) and 355/113 of Nilakaṇṭha (A.D. 1500).
2022-23

Āryabhaṭa I, for the first time defined a right triangle
within a quarter-circle and expressed perpendicular and base
-
as function of angle, and expressed perpendicular, jyā or jiva
as R Sinθ, and base, ko-jyā as R Cosθ, satisfying the relation
(R Sin θ)2 + (R Cos θ)2 = R2, where R is the radius of the circle.
He gave the values, R Sin 0° = 0, R Sin 30° = R/√3,
R Sin 45° = R/√2, R Sin 60° = R√3/2, R Sin 90° = R.
He further suggested that the Sine values increase in the
interval 0≤θ≤1, and Cosine values decrease in the same way,
i.e., R Cos0° = R and Cos90° = 0. All these facts are studied
in modern day Trigonometry also.
EXERCISE
1. How many fundamental operations were known to the ancient
mathematicians? What are they?
2. Name the Ancient Indian Mathematicians and their period,
who worked in Geometry and Trigonometry.
Do you find any similarity between the ancient mathematical
concepts and the present day mathematical concepts of
Algebra, Geometry, and Trigonometry that you study? (You
may also refer the literature given in the references).
3. (a) Do you think there is any difference in the process of
performing the basic operations on numbers in the earlier
period and the present system which you studied?
(b) Which process do you feel easier? Why? Discuss with your
friends.
4. Write at least three terms used by ancient mathematicians
and give their meanings:
(a) addition
(b) subtraction
(c) multiplication
(d) division
5. Find from the literature the concepts in mathematics other
than those discussed in this chapter developed by the Indian
mathematicians.
BIBLIOGRAPHY
ARYA, VEDVEER. Indian Contributions Of Mathematics and Astronomy
(from Vedic period to seventeenth century).
BAG, A. K. 1979. Mathematics in Ancient and Medieval
India. Chaukhambha Orientalia. Mathematics. p. 344.
———. 2012. Mathematics and Mathematical Researches in
India during Fifth to Twentieth Centuries—Profiles and
Prospects. Indian Journal of History of Science. Vol. 47, No.3.
pp. 473–512.
2022-23

BAG, A.K. AND S.R. SARMA. 2003. The Concept of Sunya. Indira
Gandhi National Centre for The Arts. Indian National Science
Academy. Arya Books International.
DANI, S. G. 2010. Geometry in Sulvasutras. In: Studies in the
History of Indian Mathematics. Cult. Hist. Math. 5. Hindustan
Book Agency. New Delhi. pp. 9–37.
———. 2012. Ancient Indian Mathematics—A Conspectus, Tata
Institute of Fundamental Research, Mumbai, pp. 236–246.
DATTA, BIBHUTIBHUSAN AND AVADHESH N. SINGH 1962. Mathematics: A
Source Book, Part I and II. Asia Publishing House. Bombay,
Calcutta, New Delhi, Madras, London, New York.
DIVAKARAN, P. P. 2016. What is Indian about Indian Mathematics?.
Indian Journal of History of Science. Vol. 51, No. 1, pp. 56–82.
DUTTA, AMARTYA KUMAR. 2002. Mathematics in Ancient India.
Resonance—Journal of Science Education. Vol. 7, No. 4.
pp. 4–19.
EMCH, GERARD. G, R. SRIDHARAN AND M. D. SRINIVAS. Eds. Contributions
to the History of Indian Mathematics.
MALLAYYA, V. MADHUKAR. 2014. Trigonometric Tables In India. Indian
Journal of History of Science. Vol. 49, No. 2. pp.142–156.
PLOFKER, KIM. 2009. Mathematics in India. Princeton University
Press. Oxford. pp. xiv–357.
PRAKASH, SATYA AND R. S. SHARMA. Eds. 1968. Baudhayana
Sulbasutra. Research Institute of Ancient Scientific Studies.
New Delhi.
SEIDENBERG, A. 1983. The Geometry of Vedic Rituals. The Vedic
Ritual of the Fire Altar. Asian Humanities Press, Berkeley.
Vol. 2. pp. 95–126.
SHIVAKUMAR, N. AND SATYAANSHU. 2015. On the History of Indian
Mathematics. International Journal of Innovative Technology
and Research. Vol. 3. No. 2.
SRINIVAS, M.D. 2014. ‘Pingala’s Chandah́ sastra’. Lecture 5,
Mathematics in India from Vedic Period to Modern Times.
SUBRAMANIAN, K. RAMA AND M. D. SRINIVAS. 2010. Development of
Calculus in India. Studies in the history of Indian
mathematics. Cult. Hist. Math. Hindustan Book Agency. New
Delhi. Vol. 5. pp. 201–286.
T.A., SARASWATI AMMA. 1979. Geometry in Ancient and Medieval India.
Motilal Banarasidas. Delhi.
2022-23

GLOSSARY
Gaṇita anuyoga: the exposition of the principles of mathematics
Kapaṭa-sandhi: a method of multiplying numbers
Saṁkhyāna: the science of numbers, meaning, arithmetic and
astronomy
Sulbasūtra: The Sanskrit name Sulbasūtra or ‘Sulva Sūtra’
derives from the practice of the surveyors of marking out straight
lines close to the ground with cords joined by pegs. We still see
bricklayers practising this art, if they want to be sure enough that
the wall is straight.
Yajurveda Saṁhitā: The Yajurveda-Saṁhitās are the prayer-books
for the Adhvaryu priest who had to do practically all the ritualistic
works in a sacrifice.
2022-23

7
Introducing Āyurveda
The Science of Health and
Disease
Welcome to the science of Āyurveda, a truly holistic health
system encompassing all aspects of well-being—from
physical, physiological and psychological to environmental
and ecological health. Literally meaning ‘science of life’,
Āyurveda is a vast treasure house of interesting and
contemporarily relevant scientific concepts dealing with
health and diseases. It is a science which helps optimise
one’s health enabling a healthy, productive, happy and
satisfactory lifespan. While Āyurveda emphasises greatly
on preventive and promotive health, its comprehensive
approach to treatment is in tune with the increasing interest
in systemic approach to disease in modern medicine. The
world is waking to the vast clinical expertise and wisdom of
Āyurveda. Let us rediscover this in India too.
A BRIEF HISTORY OF ĀYURVEDA — ORIGINS LOST IN

THE MISTS OF ANTIQUITY
For a very long time, having been the main system of
healthcare in India, the beginning of Āyurveda is lost in the
mists of antiquity. Suffice it to say that codified Āyurveda
would be at least 4000 years old or 1500 years prior
to Hippocrates, the father of Western medicine. Āyurveda
has its roots in the Vedas, considered the oldest written-
down literature in the world from which many theories
and philosophies have sprung. The systematised science of
Āyurveda has resulted from the amalgamation and practical
application of these various concepts and doctrines.
2022-23
7--Introducing Ayurveda.indd 117 16-10-2020 16:20:17

Oldest healthcare system in the world
Āyurveda’s history and development is closely interwoven

with the history and culture of the Indian sub-continent to the
extent that ayurvedic thoughts and methods have had a very
deep impact on the lifestyle of its people. In practically every
household, there was (and still is) an awareness of ayurvedic
treatment for common ailments. For example, adding pepper
-
and turmeric (haldi ) in hot milk for common cold and cough
is very much based on Āyurveda. These are reflected not only
in the traditional use of spices and medicinal ingredients
in the cuisine but also in the daily activities and religious
rituals. Āyurveda has had a pervasive influence on the daily
life of Indians and continues to do so, and therefore is the
longest unbroken health tradition in the world.
Āyurveda, a common science for all biological

pitta vāta
kapha kapha
systems
vāta
pitta
Ancient ṛṣis studied nature for its underlying patterns and

H
ea Internal Medicine s
on the basis of this approach, Āyurveda has accepted the
hypothesis that there are common principles underlying all
d ic
& tr
N ia
ec
Kaya ed
k Pa
Chikitsa
the microcosms (all living entities) and macrocosm (universe).

Shalakya Kaumara
Tantra bhrtya
Surgery Shalya
Tantra
Āyurveda Agada
Tantra
Toxicology
According to this hypothesis, humans, animals, plants and
Rasayana
Bhoota
Vidya
the universe are composed of the same basic elements and
Vajikarana
follow the same physical laws. Therefore, Āyurveda deals with
D vis
is ib
in
n
ea le
io
se f
at
s ac
en
manuṣya (human), mṛga (animals) and vṛkṣa (plant science or

ca to
uv
Producing physically
us rs
ej
ed
physiologically and psychologically

R
by
healthy progeny
botany) with the same fundamental principles applying to all

of them. Ancient Indians gave equal importance to the health
of humans, animals and plants alike.
LITERATURE IN Āyurveda
The ancient ayurvedic physicians were not only astute
observers but were keen documenters as well. They had
documented their clinical observations and inferences
meticulously. In all three branches of Āyurveda, namely
human (manuṣya), plant (vṛkṣa) and animal (mṛga), a large
body of knowledge has been preserved in texts, written not
only by the ayurvedic practitioners of yore but also the later-
day physicians indicating the continuity of this indigenous
medical system. Names of some of the books are given below
to give an idea of the extensive documentation done from the
days of yore.
2022-23

Manuṣya Āyurveda
As is evident from the table, rich medical literature was
produced by the ayurvedic physicians of ancient period
continuously consolidating and validating the knowledge
based on millenia of astute clinical observations,
documentation and logical inference. Today, as healthcare
stakeholders are searching for comprehensive understanding
of health and disease management, Āyurveda with its
systematic documentation is again in the spotlight.
Table 1: Some important literature on Manuśya Āyurveda
Books and authors Some interesting details

Written in B.C.E.
Atreya Saṁhitā by 46,500 verses and 5 adhyayas
Atreya (chapters)
Agniveṣa Tantra by Focuses on internal medicine and
Agniveṣa, a disciple of elaborates on the fundamental
Atreya; principles and management of health
this text is now known and diseases in Āyurveda; translated
pitta vāta
as Caraka Saṁhitā into Arabic, Latin, Persian, Chinese,
after the redactor Tibetan, Mongolian and Khotanese; over kapha kapha
Caraka 43 commentaries have been written vāta

pitta
Suśruta Saṁhitā by Deals with surgery, anatomy and the

Suśruta topics of contemporary interest such as
H
ea Internal Medicine
d s
ic
& tr
N ia
ec
Kaya ed
k Pa
cataract and reconstructive surgery

Chikitsa
Shalakya Kaumara
Tantra bhrtya
Nimi Tantra by Nimi Focuses on ophthalmology and surgical Surgery Shalya

Tantra
Āyurveda Agada
Tantra
Toxicology
interventions Bhoota
Rasayana
Vidya
Harita Saṁhitā by
Vajikarana
On general medicine
D vis
is ib
in
n
ea le
io
se f
at
s ac
en
ca to
uv
us rs
ej
Harita, disciple of
ed
by
healthy progeny
Atreya
Bhela Saṁhitā by Explains brain and mind, and discusses
Bhela; disciple of blood circulation
Atreya
Kaśyapa Saṁhitā by Only 78 of the 200 chapters are available
Kaśyapa now; the only currently available
ayurvedic text focusing on pediatrics,
mother and child care; female doctors
are mentioned
Dhanvantari Saṁhitā, The author established University of
Cikitsā Tattva Vijñāna, Kāshi; teacher of Suśruta and Nimi
Cikitsārpaṇam,
Cikitsā Darśana,
-
Cikitsā Kaumudi by
Divodāsa Dhanvantari
INTRODUCING AYURVEDA: THE SCIENCE OF HEALTH AND DISEASE 119
2022-23

Vaidya Sandeha Books not available now
Bhañjana and Janaka
Tantra by Janaka
Kumāra Tantra by Other books on paediatrics
Rāvana, Parvataka
Tantra, Bandhaka
Tantra, Hiranyākṣa
Tantra
Vaidyaka Sarvasvam, Books not available now
Aśva (horse) Śāstra
and Nakula Samhita
by Nakula
Vyādhi Sindhu Books not available now
Vimardana and Gavā
(cow) ayurveda by
Sahadeva
Written in C.E.
Aṣṭāṅga Saṁgraha and Concise compilation of all ayurvedic
Aṣtāṅga Hṛdaya by knowledge available then and also
pitta vāta Vāgbhaṭṭa updated information on new plants and
kapha kapha diseases
vāta
pitta
Śāraṅgadhara Has 3 divisions and 32 chapters; a
Saṁhitā by concise treatise to help ayurvedic
H
Śārangadhārācārya clinical practice; mentions pulse (nãdi)
d ic
diagnosis and elaborates on preparation

& tr
N ia
ec
Kaya ed
k Pa
Chikitsa
of medicines
Shalakya Kaumara
Tantra bhrtya
Surgery Shalya
Tantra
Āyurveda Agada
Tantra
Toxicology
Mādhava Nidhān by Best compilation of the cause and
Rasayana
Bhoota
Vidya
Mādhava development of diseases, their symptoms
Vajikarana
and the associated complications for
D vis
is ib
in
n
ea le
io
se f
at
s ac
en
easy understanding and diagnosis of

ca to
uv
us rs
ej
ed

R
by
healthy progeny
diseases
Bhāva Prakaśa (Bhāva 80 chapters and 10268 verses; a
Miśra) systematic compilation of available
information on plants and herbs used
in medicinal preparations
Vṛkṣa (Botany) and Mṛga (Veterinary) Āyurveda

Vṛkṣa Āyurveda explains the life-cycle of plants in addition
to prevention and treatment of plant diseases. It discusses,
among many other things, the origin of plant from seed,
different parts of plants, their structure, functions and
diseases afflicting them, rules of plantation, seasons ideal for
plantation and harvesting, and ideal agricultural practices.
Examples of the books on ayurvedic botany are Kṛṣi Parāśara
by Parāśara and Vṛkṣa Āyurveda by Surapālā.
2022-23

Śālihotra, father of Veterinary Āyurveda, wrote Haya
Āyurveda (translated into Persian Arabic, Tibetan and
English), Śālihotra Saṁhitā a very early Indian treatise on
veterinary medicine, Aśvapraśna Śāstram, Aśvalakṣaṇa
Śāstram and Aśva Āyurveda. Pālakāpya wrote on Hasti
Āyurveda and Gaja Śāstram. With this background
information on the extensive literature in Āyurveda, let us
move onto the science of Āyurveda, which has eight clinical
specialities (Aśṭāṅga Āyurveda).
ROLE OF BASIC SCIENCES IN MEDICINE

All medical systems are applied sciences, which have adopted
and adapted concepts and theories from basic sciences.
For example, modern medicine has used many hypotheses,
methods and tools of physics and chemistry for its next step
in understanding and managing health and disease. Similarly,
the theories and concepts which have influenced āyurveda
have their basis in ‘darśana’, the fundamental and codified
disciplines of Indian knowledge systems. It is interesting
to note that the literal meaning of darśana and theory pitta vāta
(derived from the Greek word ‘theoria’) are similar, namely, to

‘view or observe’.
kapha kapha
vāta
pitta
H
ea Internal Medicine H
cs
d
d ic
& tr
i
N ia
ed
tr
ec
&
k Kaya Pa
Chikitsa
N ia
Shalakya Kaumara
ec d
Tantra bhrtya
k Kaya Pae Surgery Shalya Āyurveda Agada

Toxicology
Chikitsa
Tantra Tantra
Shalakya Kaumara
Bhoota
Rasayana
Vidya
Vajikarana
D vis
Tantra bhrtya
is ib
in
n
ea le
io
se f
at
s ac
en
ca to
uv
us rs
ej
ed
by
healthy progeny
Surgery Shalya Āyurveda Agada

Toxicology
Tantra Tantra
Bhoota
Rasayana
Vidya
Vajikarana
D y in
is v
b
n
ea is
tio
se ib
na
s le
ca fa
e
uv
us ct
ej
ed ors

R
healthy progeny
From the time of inception, Āyurveda has recognised eight clinical
specialities. Kaumārabhṛtya includes today’s discipline of Obstetrics
and Gynaecology
2022-23

Western medicine — role of physics
Physics, one of the most fundamental scientific disciplines,
studies energy, matter and laws of nature. This subject has
had a profound effect on the study of living systems. Its
contribution to discovery of instruments (e.g., microscope,
X-ray and other imaging techniques) is well known. But
physics has also contributed in a more fundamental and
theoretical way. The worldview or understanding of reality put
forth by classical (also called Newtonian) physics has played
a substantial role in the understanding of living systems and
hence modern medicine. The other technical developments in
physics has helped catalyse and develop them further.
pitta vāta
kapha kapha
A Newtonian mechanistic worldview considers the world
vāta
pitta as being made up of building blocks of atoms and molecules.
This became the platform from which human body was viewed
H
ea
d
&
N
ec
Internal Medicine
ed
ia
tr
ic
s
and understood. Consequently, modern medicine started
regarding the body as made up of building blocks and as
k Kaya Pa
Chikitsa
Shalakya Kaumara
Tantra bhrtya

Toxicology
a sum of individual parts. In this predominantly structural
Tantra Tantra
hierarchical viewpoint, atom is at the lowest level forming

Bhoota
the basic building block of the human body. Atoms make

Rasayana
Vidya
Vajikarana
D vis
is ib
in
n
ea le
io
se f
molecules, which in turn progressively form cells, tissues,

at
s ac
en
ca to
uv
us rs
ej
ed

R
by
healthy progeny
organs and organ systems such as skeletal, endocrine and

reproductive and so on. This is called a reductionist perspective
since the entire human system is reduced to the fundamental
unit of matter for both understanding and management.
Reductionism means breaking down of a complex system
into smaller parts and studying them separately.
Life is understood in terms of its chemical constituents,
and diseases are understood and treated from a structural
and chemical perspective. However, there is now a slowly
changing perception that the structural and chemical
components do not remain in isolation but are in dynamic
relationships, which decide the overall functioning of the
cells, organs and the organism itself. Western medicine is
now striving for an integrated approach to manage health
and disease.
2022-23

Āyurveda — role of darśanas
Just as Western medicine has adopted concepts from basic

sciences, the theories and concepts which have influenced
āyurveda have their basis in darśana, the fundamental
and codified disciplines of Indian knowledge systems. The
darśanas which have contributed to the development of
-
Āyurveda are Vaiśesika, Nyāya, Pūrva Mi māṁsā, Sāṅkhya,
-
Yoga and Uttara Mi māṁsā/Vedānta. Some of the theories
and concepts from darśanas incorporated and used in
Āyurveda deal with physical and non-physical realities,
creation of universe, life and matter, constituents of physical
matter (concept of anu or atom as the fundamental particles
of the physical world in Vaiśeṣikadarśana), mind-body-
consciousness relationship, ‘tridoṣa’ (vāta, pitta, kapha),
pañcamahābhūtas (fundamental elements), transformation of pitta vāta
substances to form new products, concepts of calculation and kapha kapha
measurements (time, weight and length), and methodologies vāta

pitta
for scientific study and analysis.

Āyurveda is, in fact, a melting pot of a number H
ea
d
Internal Medicine
ic
s
of disciplines, a proof that knowledge was not

& tr
N ia
ec
Kaya ed
k Pa
Chikitsa
compartmentalised in ancient India. Āyurveda is associated

Shalakya Kaumara
Tantra bhrtya
with and draws not only from darśana but from other Surgery Shalya
Tantra
Āyurveda Agada
Tantra
Toxicology
wide-ranging subjects. For example, vṛkṣa and mṛga Rasayana

Bhoota
Vidya
āyurveda, metallurgy (for surgical instruments), civil Vajikarana
D vis
is ib
in
n
ea le
io
se f
at
s ac
en
ca to
engineering and architecture (construction of hospitals and
uv
us rs
ej
ed
by
healthy progeny
pharmacies), chemistry (Rasa Śāstra), astronomy, ethics,

water management, mathematics (calculations, units of
measurements, weights and measures, concept of time,
etc.), culinary science, pharmacology, diet, nutrition and
agriculture.
All these form the basic sciences that have given rise
to Āyurveda’s theoretical framework, under which it has
put together an enormous body of observational data
accumulated and documented through centuries (Table 1).
Using these, Āyurveda has developed its own methodologies
to diagnose and treat diseases. These well developed theories
and practices form the backbone of ayurvedic approach to
health and disease. Āyurveda’s unbroken chain of experience
indicates that its theories and therapies have been tested by
thousands of physicians on millions of patients and have
stood the test of time.
2022-23

UNDERSTANDING OF HUMAN SYSTEM IN Āyurveda
You all may wonder if there could be another way to
understand the human system, other than that of Western
medicine. The human body being a very complex biological
entity provides a wide scope for multiple perspectives.
Classification and categorisation makes it easy to
handle complex systems and we know the classification
adopted by Western medicine. It is a structure based
classification based on Newtonian physics’ viewpoint of
the nature of reality. Similarly, the Vedic worldview of
interconnectedness between everything in the universe is
reflected in the way the human system is understood in
Āyurveda.
Āyurveda considers four domains in the human system,
which are connected within (intra-connected) and also
with each other (inter connected). These are the structural
(networked through various physical channels or srotas
such as blood vessels and nerves), physiological (networked
through biophysical properties defined by vāta, pitta and
pitta vāta
kapha known as tridoṣa), psychological (intra-connected by
psychological parameters called mānasikadoṣa), and the
kapha kapha
subtlest domain of consciousness (intra connected by the
vāta
pitta
levels of awareness defined by pañcakoṣa). The entire human
system is thus one connected seamless entity in Āyurveda
with even the subtlest domain of awareness connected to
H
d s
ic
& tr
N ia
ec ed
the gross physical structural domain

k Kaya Pa
Chikitsa
Shalakya Kaumara
Tantra bhrtya

Toxicology network of channels
by the first level of awareness, which is
the physical body. The connectedness
Tantra Tantra
also extends to environment, world

Bhoota
Rasayana
Vidya
Vajikarana
D vis
is ib
structures
in
and even cosmic reality.

n
ea le
io
se f
at
s ac
en
ca to
uv
us rs
ej
ed

R
The core idea of the human system

by
healthy progeny
Connected through
V.P.K.
Levels of as an interconnected entity, and not
awareness
Consciousness
merely a structure made of atoms and
physiology
network of molecules, is unique to Āyurveda and
V.P.K. V.P.K. gives it an enormous advantage in
psychological
parameters dealing with the human system in a
holistic way. Āyurveda also recognises
mind the importance of the mechanical
aspects of human body, this can be
network of psychological parameters inferred from the well developed branch
of surgery in those days. Suśruta, the
Humans conceptualised
as a seamless indivisible
ayurvedic surgeon is acknowledged
whole with four intra- and even by present day surgeons for his surgical procedures
inter-connected domains: of rhinoplasty and otoplasty. Yet, Āyurveda is based on
structural, physiological, principles that go beyond the purely mechanical view, i.e.,
psychological, consciousness.
a vision of wholeness, functional interdependence and
V - vāta, P - pitta, K - kapha.
integration.
2022-23

The hypothesis of interrelatedness finds practical
expression in Āyurveda through a number of concepts,
theories and parameters, which are beyond the scope of this
chapter to be elaborated. However, some of these concepts
are—pañcamahābhūta (fundamental elements of the physical
world), srotas (channels connecting the entire human system
at the gross and subtle levels), ojas (responsible for overall
vitality, energy, immunity and strength), tridoṣa (physico-
physiological factors), sapta dhātu (structural components
of the body), trimala (by-products of metabolism), triguṇa
(components of the mind and consciousness), agni (entity
responsible for all digestive and metabolic processes),
prakṛti (bio-psychological constitution) and the tenet that
common principles underlie the microcosm (individual) and
macrocosm (universe).
SYSTEMS APPROACH OF Āyurveda TO HEALTH

Although, a number of theories are used in Āyurveda, the theory
of tridoṣa [Vāta (V), Pitta (P) and Kapha (K)] is fundamental to
its understanding and practical management of health and pitta vāta
disease. Āyurveda’s approach is predominantly functional. kapha kapha
For the functional classification, Āyurveda has identified vāta
three functions, namely, movement (Vāta), metabolism and

pitta
transformation (Pitta), and growth and support (Kapha). H

d ic
& tr
N ia
ec
Kaya ed
k Pa
What do we mean by vāta, pitta and kapha?

Chikitsa
Shalakya Kaumara
Tantra bhrtya
In addition to functions, VPK includes parameters which are

Toxicology
Tantra Tantra
biophysical, chemical and physiological in nature. There are Rasayana
Vajikarana
Bhoota
Vidya
ten pairs of opposing properties (Viṁśatiguṇa) mentioned in
D vis
is ib
in
n
ea le
io
se f
at
s ac
en
ca to
uv
us rs
ej
Āyurveda:
ed
by
healthy progeny
-
(i) cold (śi ta) and hot (uṣṇa);
(ii) heavy (guru) and light (laghu);
-
(iii) slow/dull (manda) and sharp (ti kṣṇa);
(iv) oiliness (snigdha) and dryness (rukṣa);
(v) immobility (sthira) and mobility (sara);
(vi) soft (mṛdu) and hard (kaṭhina);
(vii) smooth (ślakṣṇa) and rough (khara);
(viii) adhesive/sticky (picchila) and non-slimy/non-adhesive
(viśada);
(ix) viscidity (sāndra) and diffusivity/fluidity (drava);
(x) minuteness (sūkṣma) and gross (sthūla).
These 20 properties, at the opposite ends of a continuum,
characterise material bodies and are used in Āyurveda to
understand them. These properties refer not only to the
biophysical properties of the substances but also their effect
on the body. For instance, heavy substances are considered
2022-23

Network of the system difficult to digest and hot materials are understood to produce
properties associated with heat in the body. All the parameters under V, P and K are
Vāta (V), Pitta (P) and Kapha intra and inter-connected forming a network. The key to
(K). The circles correspond health is the stability of these factors in the network. Disease
to nodes representing the
system properties and the is considered a perturbation of this network.
lines between nodes refer
to the association between Translation of the theory of VPK to clinical use
properties. Parameters
associated with V (V1-V7), Āyurveda has incorporated the theory of VPK in an
P (P1-P7) and K (K1-K7) are interesting way to all the factors which have a role in
coloured differently. The health and disease. Dietary ingredients, plants, physical
intra-connections are shown
in thicker lines with the and mental activities, seasons and clinical symptoms, all
colour of the corresponding of which have a role in health, disease and treatment are
category. The inter- classified and explained in terms of V, P and K. For example,
connections are shown by wheat (dietary ingredient) increases K; exercise (activity)
dark grey lines. V1 - dryness;
V2 - temperature (cold); V3 - increases V; autumn (season) increases P; skin disorder
mobility; V4 - weight (light); (clinical manifestation)—dryness indicates involvement of
V5 - roughness; V6 - non- V, Pitta involvement when there is reddishness and burning
adhesive; V7 - minuteness; sensation, and K in case of pruritus and exudation. VPK
P1 - temperature (heat) ;
P2 - penetrative power; P3 - thus provides a theoretical framework within which all
pitta vāta fluidity; P4 - pH; P5 - acrid; clinical symptoms can be classified and understood. No
P6 - causing movement; clinical symptoms lie outside this VPK classification.
kapha kapha
P7 - lubrication (mild); K1 -
stability; K2 - smoothness; K3
Regimens used for health management
vāta
pitta
- lubrication; K4 - viscosity;
H
ea
K5 - temperature (cold); Concepts like dinacaryā (daily regimen) and ṛtucaryā (seasonal
K6 - weight (heavy); K7 -
Internal Medicine s
d ic
& tr
regimen) provide strategies for empowering people to take

N ia
ec
Kaya ed
k Pa
adhesion.
Chikitsa
Shalakya Kaumara
charge of their health. These deal with the biological rhythms,

Tantra bhrtya
which are natural cycle

Toxicology
Tantra Tantra
Rasayana
Bhoota
Vidya of changes in our body’s
functions in coordination
Vajikarana
D vis
is ib
in
n
ea le
io
se f
at
s ac
en
ca to
uv
us rs
ej
with the clock of nature

ed

R
by
healthy progeny
as in circadian (24 hour)

and circa-annual (1 year
periodicity) rhythms.
Both these regimens offer
methods for preventive
and promotive health by
taking care of the nature
induced changes in the
functions and parameters
defined under V, P and K.
By following the do’s and
don’ts of these regimens,
one can have healthy
and productive days and
also prevent seasonal
diseases.
2022-23

COMPREHENSIVE environment (season)
APPROACH OF Āyurveda plants, vegetables, animals & animal
fruits products
TO DISEASE MANAGEMENT
Health is considered as the
V,P,K — a common
balanced interplay between lifestyle activities
platform
clinical symptoms
the various functions
and parameters whereas
disease is understood as a food ingredients,
diagnostic criteria
spices
perturbation in V,P,K and treatment strategies
hence a functional failure.
Because of this, Āyurveda
Vāta, Pitta and Kapha provide
looks beyond the behaviour of individual structures and a common platform for all the
addresses the biophysical and system properties in an factors which play a role in
effort to rebalance the system. Ayurvedic treatment aims health and disease. Adapted
at restoration of the functional balance. The increase or and reprinted from Ref (28)
with permission from the
decrease of V,P,K is accompanied by symptoms, which are Journal Editor.
described in detail in ayurvedic texts. For example, wet cough
and cold indicate increase of kapha. One can infer the state
of V,P,K from the symptoms and take corrective measures to
am 2– pitta vāta
bring them back to equilibrium state. This is accomplished –2 6
am
p m
by avoiding kapha aggravating diet and activities and using 10
kapha kapha
medicines made with kapha reducing medicinal plants. In pitta vāta vāta
pitta
addition, care is taken during seasons and times of the day

6–10 pm
6–10 am
when kapha increases.
H
ea
kapha kapha
Internal Medicine s
d ic
& tr
N ia
ec ed
We have already seen that V,P,K is a common platform

k Kaya Pa
Chikitsa
Shalakya Kaumara
Tantra bhrtya
for all the health related factors and also clinical symptoms. vāta
pitta Surgery Shalya Āyurveda Agada
Toxicology
From a clinical viewpoint therefore, it provides a common

Tantra Tantra
m
2–
6 – 2p
interface facilitating easy conversion of all diagnostically and
Bhoota
Rasayana
p Vidya
m am Vajikarana
D vis
10
is ib
in
n
ea le
therapeutically relevant parameters enabling a VPK-based
io
se f
at
s ac
en
ca to
uv
us rs
ej
ed
by
(a)
healthy progeny
diagnosis and treatment. The ayurvedic therapeutic strategy

is, therefore, different but comprehensive, addressing all Su
g m
causative factors and incorporating all the therapeutically p rin m
S er
relevant parameters such as medicines, diet and activities. kapha vāta
The causative factors include biotic or living (e.g., plants,
Late Winter
animals and micro-organisms) and abiotic or non-living (e.g.,

Rainy
kapha vāta
sunlight, temperature, wind, rain, etc.) components of the pitta
environment. no
change pitta
Ea
ĀYURVEDIC APPROACH TO DIET AND NUTRITION rly
W
in Autumn
ter
Hippocrates said “Let food be your medicine and medicine
be thy food”. Āyurveda, which predates Hippocrates declares (b)
the same and goes further to say ‘you are what you eat’. The Effect of (a) circadian and (b)
current dismal health scenario and the growing realisation circa-annual (seasonal) rhythm
of the importance of diet and lifestyle activities in health on vāta, pitta and kapha.
reinforces these statements. Āyurveda categorically states
2022-23

that improper diet and activities are the causative factors for
most diseases and play a vital role in maintenance of health
and prevention of diseases.
A balanced diet in Āyurveda is one which helps to
maintain the equilibrium of VPK and which should include all
the six tastes, namely sweet, sour, salt, pungent, bitter and
astringent. Āyurveda uses functional indices (how the food
is functionally relevant to the person) rather than calories
to assess nutrition. A number of parameters of practical
significance are used to understand the functional, nutritional
and therapeutic attributes of food and the ingredients that
make it up, e.g., taste, thermogenic (producing heat or
burning more calories) property, digestibility of the food,
digestive power of the diner, etc. Āyurveda also stresses the
importance of eating right. Some of the questions it answers
are—who can eat what (personalised nutrition), what to eat,
how much to eat, when to eat, how to eat (meal plan) and
when to eat what (eating seasonally). Āyurveda has an in-
depth knowledge of the nutritional and therapeutic values of
daily foods such as rice, wheat, milk, ghee, oil, vegetables,
pitta vāta
fruits and spices. All food items and ingredients are classified
kapha kapha in terms of taste and VPK.
vāta
pitta Traditional Indian cooking is based on the time-tested
ayurvedic principles. Ingredients like ginger, pepper, turmeric
H
ea
d
&
Internal Medicine
tr
ic
s and fenugreek are used not for flavour but for their medicinal
ia
properties. Incorporating such spices for cooking dishes with

N
ec
Kaya ed
k Pa
Chikitsa
Shalakya Kaumara
flavour and taste to suit the different climatic conditions

Tantra bhrtya
and seasons has been the strength of Indian cuisine. Bitter

Toxicology
Tantra Tantra
Rasayana
Vajikarana
Bhoota
Vidya and astringent tastes although beneficial to health, are
D vis
generally not favoured by dieters due to their unpalatability.

is ib
in
n
ea le
io
se f
at
s ac
en
ca to
uv
us rs
ej
ed
Traditional Indian cuisine offers several recipes to increase

R
by
healthy progeny
the palatability of bitter and astringent food substances by

cooking or seasoning them with spices and other ingredients
which can mask these tastes and at the same time retain
their health benefits.
Therapeutic but tasty multi-ingredient foods were
designed by incorporating antidotes for ingredients with side
effects. For example, the side effects of chilli and pungent
spices are tempered by cooking them in oil or ghee while
retaining their medicinal properties. Another example is
the preparation of wheat halwa — the K increasing property
of wheat is countered by cooking in the K pacifier ghee.
Ingredients like saffron (Crocus sativus) and cardamom
(Elettaria cardamomum), while reducing K also flavours
the sweet dish. Saffron and cardamom, in addition to their
antidote role also contribute other medicinal attributes to
the halwa. Over centuries, numerous recipes have been
2022-23

developed across the country taking into account factors
such as regional variations in climate, season, vegetation,
culture and occupation of people. In depth analysis about the
effect of one dietary ingredient on another in Indian cuisine
is beyond the scope of this chapter. However, the examples
outlined provide sufficient basis to understand how the
curative ability of food was in-built in its culinary processing.
ĀYURVEDIC PHARMACOLOGY
Āyurveda has its own pharmacological parameters to
understand, explain and put to therapeutic use the medicinal
plants. Other sources of medicines in Āyurveda are animals,
metals and minerals. The concept of rasa (generally taken to
represent taste as a sensory perception) plays an important
role in ayurvedic pharmacology (Dravyaguṇa Vijñāna).
Āyurveda has categorised plants under six types of rasa—
madhura (sweet), amla (sour), lavaṇa (salty), kaṭu (hot), tikta
(bitter) and kaṣāyā (astringent). Each plant or plant part
can have one or a combination of rasas. Together with other
biophysical and physico-chemical properties (guṇa) and
- pitta vāta
pharmacological potency (vi rya), the knowledge of rasa of

plants, predicts nearly 80% of the pharmacological action
kapha kapha
from an ayurvedic perspective. vāta

pitta
Āyurveda uses plant parts in entirety to extract a group

of compounds and not single molecules or active principles
H
d s
ic
& tr
N ia
ec
Kaya ed
k Pa
as in allopathic medicine—for example, water soluble (polar) Shalakya

Tantra
Chikitsa
Kaumara
bhrtya
compounds such as polyphenols, tannins and carbohydrates Surgery Shalya Āyurveda Agada
Toxicology
are extracted in decoction (Kaṣāya/kvatha); polar and

Tantra Tantra
non-polar compounds like phytoalcohols and terpenes in

Bhoota
Rasayana
Vidya
Vajikarana
D vis
is ib
in
alcoholic preparations (ariṣṭa, āsava); non-polar compounds
ea le
io
se f
at
s ac
en
ca to
uv
us rs
ej
ed
by
such as alkaloids and glycosides in lipid based preparations
healthy progeny
(ghṛtam, tailam). The other major difference in the medicinal

use of plants between Āyurveda and modern medicine
is that ayurvedic medicines are mostly multi ingredient
formulations and also provides therapeutic nutrition. The
therapeutic attributes of ayurvedic medicines probably lies
in the combinatorial synergistic effect of the ingredients.
Āyurveda AND EVOLVING CONCEPTS IN

WESTERN MEDICINE
Western medicine is slowly moving away from its conventional
reductionistic and disease-centric approach towards a more
inclusive vision of the human system. There is a growing
realisation of the role of factors such as diet, nutrition and
mind in health and disease. Some of these new concepts with
counterparts in Āyurveda are discussed in brief.
2022-23

Systems biology
This new exciting and upcoming field talks of interactions
between the components of abiological system, in particular
cells and how these interactions give rise to new properties
and functions. An example is how the inflammable hydrogen
atom combines with oxygen to give rise to water molecule,
with fire extinguishing properties. This emerging field
explains and uses how information from lower levels (e.g.,
atoms) limits understanding the complexity of the higher
levels (e.g., molecules). It is pertinent to note that Āyurveda
talks of how interactions between system properties affect
the functioning of the biological system.
Personalised medicine
Western medicine is realising that individual variations in the
population limits similar responses to standard treatments.
New concepts such as pharmacogenomics, nutrigenomics,
etc., which takes into account the genetic variations in
the population are being explored to help customise the
treatment strategies. Āyurveda uses the concept of prakṛti
(bio-psychological constitution) for personalisation of both
pitta vāta
kapha kapha
preventive health and treatment.
vāta
pitta
Therapeutic nutrition
H
Although food as medicine is not a new concept, modern

d i cs
& tr
N ia
ec
Kaya ed
k Pa
medicine’s focus on disease management had delinked it

Chikitsa
Shalakya Kaumara
Tantra bhrtya
Surgery Shalya
Tantra
Āyurveda Agada
Tantra
Toxicology
from this old notion. However, with emerging knowledge
of the role and importance of food in many diseases,
therapeutic nutrition is beginning to be taken very seriously.
Bhoota
Rasayana
Vidya
Vajikarana
D vis
is ib
in
n
ea le
The question is how to use food and nutrition not only to

io
se f
at
s ac
en
ca to
uv
us rs
ej
ed

R
by
boost the body’s natural ability to heal but also for preventive
healthy progeny
and complementary therapy. These concepts are inbuilt into

ayurvedic approach to health and disease. It is also pointed
out that ayurvedic medicines are also designed for providing
therapeutic nutrition.
Circadian rhythm
The 2017 Nobel Prize in Medicine was awarded to
elucidation of the molecular mechanisms controlling circadian
rhythm. The work showed that there are internal clocks
synchronising cellular metabolism and biological rhythms
with 24 hour periodicity. This work has brought to the fore
the importance of circadian rhythm and its role in health
and disease. Āyurveda, with its knowledge on circadian and
circa-annual rhythms induced changes in VPK shows the
translation of this information in management of health and
disease.
2022-23

Ecological health and disease prevention
Environment is no more viewed as a separate, unconnected
domain. Its relationship with individuals and public health
are becoming apparent. Ecological health and disease
prevention is gaining much attention these days. Āyurveda
considers humans as part of nature and connected to it, and
hence impact of ecological health on individual and public
health is dealt with in detail in Āyurveda.
Sustainable medicine
The aim of sustainable medicine is in ensuring the long-
term viability of the medical system, so that high-quality
medical services remain available for the health needs of
future generations. With spiralling cost of Western medicine,
sustainability of the system is gaining increasing attention.
Sustainability is at the core of Āyurveda, as it spells out
its concern about natural resources and emphasises the
importance of their harmonious use for human needs. It
has provided solutions through its concept of sustainability,
low-energy consuming lifestyle and food habits, and pitta vāta
preventive health. kapha kapha
vāta
Āyurveda — CONTEMPORARY SCENARIO

pitta
The following timeline traces very select and interesting H

ea
d
&
N
ec
Internal Medicine
ed
ia
tr
ic
s
milestones in Āyurveda from nineteenth century onwards.

k Kaya Pa
Chikitsa
Shalakya Kaumara
Tantra bhrtya
1827 — Ayurvedic course started in Govt. Sanskrit Surgery Shalya Āyurveda Agada
Toxicology
College, Calcutta
Tantra Tantra
1833 — Discontinuation of the above mentioned course

Bhoota
Rasayana
Vidya
Vajikarana
D vis
is ib
in
n
ea le
io
by the British
se f
at
s ac
en
ca to
uv
us rs
ej
ed
by
healthy progeny
1920 — Indian National Congress resolve to accept

āyurveda as India’s National Health Care
System
1921 — Āyurveda and Unani Tibbia College established
in Karol Bagh, Delhi
1927 — Āyurveda college established in Banaras Hindu
University
1970 — Indian Medicine Central Council Act, 1970
introduced for regulation of practice and
uniform standards of education.
1995 — Dept of Indian Systems of Medicine and
Homoeopathy (ISM&H) created in the Ministry
of Health and Family Welfare, Govt. of India.
2005 — ISM&H renamed as AYUSH (Āyurveda, Yoga and
Naturopathy, Unani, Siddha and Homoeopathy).
2022-23

2008 — Creation of North East Institute of Āyurveda
and Homeopathy at Shillong.
2010 — Creation of Pharmacopoeia Commission of
Indian Medicines (PCIM) an independent body
under the Dept. of AYUSH.
2011 — Publication of Ayurvedic Pharmacopoeia of
India Part-I, Vol. VIII, containing the quality
standards of water and hydro-alcoholic extracts
of Ayurvedic drugs. (A major development over
the traditional method of using herbs).
2014 — Department of AYUSH upgraded to Ministry of
AYUSH
Among all the systems in AYUSH, Āyurveda holds a prominent
position. There are more than 250 ayurvedic colleges offering a
professional graduate level medical degree in BAMS (Bachelor
of Ayurvedic Medicine and Surgery)/Āyurvedacārya in India.
This 5½ years’ course (akin to MBBS) is taken after Class XII
with science subjects. Post-graduation in Āyurveda (MD) is
of three years duration and is offered in select colleges and
pitta vāta
institutions.
CONTEMPORARY IMPORTANCE Āyurveda

kapha kapha
OF
vāta
pitta
As the world faces increasing chronic, psychosomatic, stress

H
ea
d
Internal Medicine
i cs
and lifestyle related disorders such as diabetes, cancer,
and cardiovascular diseases, Āyurveda with its unique
& tr
N ia
ec
Kaya ed
k Pa
Chikitsa
Shalakya Kaumara
perspective, holistic approach, knowledgeable emphasis on

Tantra bhrtya
Surgery Shalya
Tantra
Āyurveda Agada
Tantra
Toxicology
diet and lifestyle activities, and time-tested clinical practices,
Rasayana
Bhoota
Vidya
have a crucial role to play. As a health care system, it can
empower the individual with a healthy and productive life.
Vajikarana
D vis
is ib
in
n
ea le
io
se f
at
s ac
en
ca to
uv
Āyurveda should not be seen merely as a reminder of a

us rs
ej
ed

R
by
healthy progeny
past glory but as an example of Indian knowledge system

with contemporary and increasing relevance in present day
healthcare and disease-care. Its vast clinical experience
and expertise, accumulated and documented over several
millennia, should be utilised to benefit the people.
2022-23

EXERCISES
1. Explain about the manuṣya and mṛga Āyurveda.
2. What are the eight branches of Āyurveda?
3. Explain the role of Vāta, Pitta and Kapha in maintenance of
biological cycle.
4. Name the Ayurvedic surgeon who is also acknowledged in
modern surgery.
5. What is tridoṣa theory?
6. What are the Ayurvedic approaches for diet and nutrition?
7. Name some Ayurvedic texts written in B.C. and A.D.
ACTIVITIES AND PROJECTS

1. Identify medicinal plants in your school.
2. Identify medicinal plants in your neighbourhood.
3. Find out the Sanskrit names of some common medicinal
plants.
4. Gather information from your house elders about the
medicinally important ingredients used for cooking in your
house.
5. Work out the role of each ingredient in any of the traditional pitta vāta
preparation (for example pickles) from an ayurvedic point of kapha kapha
view. vāta
pitta
6. Find out your prakṛti.

7. Collect same plants from different regions and study their H
ea
d
Internal Medicine s
ic
differences.
& tr
N ia
ec
Kaya ed
k Pa
Chikitsa
Shalakya Kaumara
8. Find out which of the ancient ayurvedic textbooks are still Tantra bhrtya
available and where. Surgery Shalya

Tantra
Āyurveda Agada
Tantra
Toxicology
Bhoota
Rasayana
SUGGESTED READINGS
Vidya
Vajikarana
D vis
is ib
in
n
ea le
io
se f
at
s ac
en
ca to
uv
us rs
ej
ed
by
healthy progeny
Ayurvedic Pharmacopoeia of India, Ministry of AYUSH, Govt.

of India.
Gogte VM, Ayurvedic Pharmacology and Therapeutic Use
of Medicinal Plants (Dravyagunavignyan), Bharatiya Vidya
Bhavan, 2000.
Jayasundar R, If Systems Approach is the Way Forward, What
can Ayurvedic Theory of Tridosha Teach us?, CurrSci, 112,
1127–1133, 2017.
Jayasundar R, Āyurveda: A Distinctive Approach to Health
and Disease, Curr Sci, 98, 908-914, 2010.
Kulkarni PH, The Encyclopaedia of Āyurveda (2 volumes),
Indian Books Cente, 2005
On AYUSH systems from the website of Ministry of AYUSH,
Govt. of India, http://ayush.gov.in
2022-23

BIBLIOGRAPHY
AYERS, D AND DAY P.J. 2015. Systems Medicine: The Application of
Systems Biology Approaches for Modern Medical Research and
Drug Development, MolBiol Intl, 8 pages, Article ID 698169.
BALLANTYNE. J.R. (TRANSLATOR). 1885. ‘The Sankhya Aphorisms of
Kapila’, Trubner & Co., London, UK.
CHARI, P.S. 2003. Susruta and Our Heritage, Ind J Plastic Surgery,
Vol. 36, pp. 4–13.
CHEERAN, J.V. 2013. ‘Elephantology in Sanskrit’, Gajah, Vol. 39. pp.
24–29.
DESHPANDE, V.J. 2008. Glimpses of Āyurveda in Medieval Chinese
Medicine, Ind J History of Science, Vol. 43, No. 2. pp. 137–161.
FARRELLY, C. 209. Towards a more Inclusive Vision of the Medical
Sciences, Quarterly J Medicine, Vol. 102. pp. 579–582.
FOUGERE, BARBARA AND SUSAN G. WYNN. 2007. ‘Veterinary Herbal
Medicine’, Mosby, Elsevier, USA, pp. 59–86.
http://www.iranicaonline.org/articles/jivakapustaka
https://www.academia.edu/38178368/_Ayūrvedic_or_Traditional
_Indian_Medicine_in_Khotanese_Texts
JAYASUNDAR, R. 2010. Āyurveda: A Distinctive Approach to Health
pitta vāta
and Disease, Curr Sci, Vol. 98. pp. 908–914.
kapha kapha
JAYASUNDAR, R. 2013. ‘Ayurvedic Approach to Functional Foods:
vāta
pitta Introduction to Functional Food Science’ (Ed. DM Martirosyan),
Food Science Publisher, USA, pp. 454–479.
H
ea
d
&
N
Internal Medicine
ia
tr
ic
s
JAYASUNDAR, R. 2013. ‘Quantum Logic in Āyurveda’. In: An
ec ed
Integrated View of Health and Well-being: Bridging Indian

k Kaya Pa
Chikitsa
Shalakya Kaumara
Tantra bhrtya

and Western Knowledge (Eds. Morandi A and Nambi ANN),
Toxicology
Springer, Heidelberg, Germany, pp. 115–139.

Tantra Tantra
JAYASUNDAR, R. 2017. If Systems Approach is the Way Forward, What

Bhoota
Rasayana
Vidya
Vajikarana
D vis
is ib
in
can Ayurvedic Theory of Tridosha Teach us?, CurrSci, Vol.

n
ea le
io
se f
at
s ac
en
ca to
uv
us rs
ej
ed

R
112. pp. 1127–1133.

by
healthy progeny
KEITH, A.B. 1921. Indian Logic and Atomism: An Exposition of the

Nyāya and Vaiseshika Systems, Oxford University Press, UK.
KINEMAN, J.J AND K. ANIL KUMAR. 2007. ‘Primary Natural Relationship:
Bateson, Rosen, and the Vedas’, Kybernetes, Vol. 36,
pp. 1055–1069.
KUMAR, S.H., AMIT K, JITESH V, NEETU N AND KASHYAPA SAMHITA.
2013. Only revered text on Kaumarbhritya (paediatrics),
J Biol Sci Opinion, Vol. 1, pp. 412–416.
MISHRA, R. AND SURAPALA VRIKSH ĀYURVEDA. 2017. A Treatise on
Agricultural Technologies, Intl J Historical Insight and
Research, Vol. 3. pp. 1–16.
MUKERJEE, G.N. 2006. ‘History of Indian Medicine’, Chaukhamba
Sanskrit Pratisthan, Delhi.
NAYLOR, S AND CHEN J.Y. 2010. Unraveling Human Complexity and
Disease with Systems Biology and Personalised Medicine, Per
Med, Vol. 7. pp. 275–289.
2022-23

NORMAN, G. 2012. ‘The Basic Role of Basic Science in Medicine’.
Adv Health Sci Educ, Vol.17. pp. 453–456.
PANDIT, GANGANATH JHA. Translator. 2018. The Purva Mimāmsa
Sutras of Jaimini, Parimal Publications, Delhi.
RAMACHANDRAN, C.K. AND NIMI TANTRA. 1984. Ophthalomology of
Ancient India, AncSci Life, Vol. 3. pp. 183–187.
RAO, RAMACHANDRA S. K. 1985. Encyclopedia of Indian Medicine,
Vol. 1. Popular Prakashan, Mumbai.
Reductionism in Biology. Stanford Encyclopedia of Philosophy,
Feb 21, 2017 (https://plato.stanford.edu/entries/reduction-
biology/)
SASTRY, J.L.N. 2004. Dravyaguna Vijnana, Chaukamba Orientalia,
Varanasi.
SCHETTLER, T. 2018. Toward an Ecological view of Health: An
Imperative for the Twenty-first Century, The Centre for Health
Design, California.
SHARMA, P.V. 1992. History of Medicine in India, from Antiquity to
A.D. 1000, Indian National Academy, Delhi.
SRIKANTH, N., TEWARI D AND MANGAL A.K. 2015. The Science of
Plant Life (Vrksha Āyurveda) in Archaic Literature: An
Insight on Botanical, Agricultural and Horticultural Aspects of pitta vāta
Ancient India, World J Pharmacy & Pharmaceutical Sci, Vol. 4. kapha kapha
pp. 388–404. vāta

pitta
SUD, S AND SUD K.S. 2014. ‘Glimpses of Veterinary Science in
Āyurveda’, Āyurveda J Health, Vol. 12. pp. 29–33. H
SUSRUTA, DAS. S. 2001. ‘The Pioneer Urologist of Antiquity’, The J of

d s
ic
& tr
N ia
ec
Kaya ed
k Pa
Chikitsa
Urology, Vol. 165. pp. 1405–1408. Shalakya Kaumara

Tantra bhrtya
Sustainable Medicine, Swiss Academy of Medical Sciences, 2012. Surgery Shalya

Tantra
Āyurveda Agada
Tantra
Toxicology
https://www.samw.ch Rasayana
Bhoota
SWAMI, PRABHAVANANDA, ISHERWOOD C. Translators. 2017. Patanjali

Vidya
Vajikarana
D vis
is ib
in
n
ea le
io
se f
at
s ac
Yoga Sutras, Sri Ramakrishna Math, Chennai.
en
ca to
uv
us rs
ej
ed
by
healthy progeny
THAKKAR, J., CHAUDHARI S. AND P.K. SARKAR. 2011. Ritucharya: Answer

to the Lifestyle Disorders, Ayu, Vol. 32. pp. 466–471.
WAGHMARE, S.S. AND MHAISKAR B.G.D. 2014. ‘Darshanik Background
of Āyurveda’. Intl Ayu Med J, Vol. 2. pp. 255–258.
WELCH, C. Environment as Medicine : Vaidyagrama—The Ayurvedic
Eco-village, https://drclaudiawelch.com/the-importance-of-
environment-vaidyagrama-the-ayurvedic-eco-village/
WELCH, W.H. 1908. ‘The Interdependence of Medicine and Other
Science of Nature’, Science, Vol. 27. pp. 49–64.
WEST, G.B. 2012. The Importance of Quantitative Systemic
Thinking In Medicine. Lancet, Vol. 379. pp. 1551–1559.
WEWALWALA, S.L. 2011. Āyurveda and Sustainable Development,
Economic Rev, Vol. 10. pp. 29–32.
2017 Nobel prize in physiology or medicine for discoveries of
molecular mechanisms controlling the circadian rhythm.
https:www.nobelprize. org/prizes/medicine/2017/summary/
2022-23

GLOSSARY
Āyurvedacharya: A graduate level medical degree awarded after
completion of an undergraduate programme (BAMS) in Āyurveda.
BAMS: Bachelor of Ayurvedic Medicine and Surgery
Circadian rhythm: The internal clocks that synchronise cellular
metabolism and generate biological rhythms with 24 hours
periodicity.
Circa-annual rhythm: biological process in living creatures with
approximately one year periodicity in sync with the seasons in
nature.
Darshana: a Sanskrit word literally meaning ‘to view or observe’. In
the context of ancient Indian literature, it refers to the fundamental
and codified disciplines of Indian knowledge systems.
Manushya Āyurveda: Āyurveda dealing with humans.
Mṛga Āyurveda: Āyurveda dealing with animals.
Non-polar compounds: Compounds not soluble in water like fats
and oil.
Polar compounds: Water soluble compounds such as polyphenols,
pitta vāta
tannins and carbohydrates, etc.
Rasa: a Sanskrit word literally meaning ‘juice or essence’. In the
kapha kapha
vāta
pitta
context of ayurvedic pharmacology, it is generally taken to represent
taste as a chemosensory perception.
H
Rishi: a Sanskrit term for an accomplished and enlightened person.

d s
ic
& tr
N ia
ec
Kaya ed
k Pa
Chikitsa
Tridosha: Refers to Vāta, Pitta and Kapha, concepts fundamental

Shalakya Kaumara
Tantra bhrtya
Surgery Shalya
Tantra
Āyurveda Agada
Tantra
Toxicology to Āyurveda’s understanding and practical management of health
Rasayana
Bhoota
Vidya
and disease. They are defined by certain physiological functions
Vajikarana
and grouped under them are a set of biophysical, chemical and
D vis
is ib
in
n
ea le
io
se f
at
s ac
en
ca to
physiological parameters which impact these functions defined by

uv
us rs
ej
ed

R
by
healthy progeny
each of the tridoshas.

Vṛkṣa Āyurveda: Āyurveda dealing with plants
2022-23

8
Chemistry and Metallurgy
in India
FROM ALCHEMY TO CHEMISTRY
Modern chemistry, as we learn it today, evolved from Alchemy
and Iatrochemistry during 1300–1600 C.E. Alchemy initially
developed in ancient Egypt as a result of their belief in life
after death due to which they developed mummification
procedures. When Alexander the Great conquered Egypt
and Greeks reached Egypt, the Greek philosophers became
interested in Egyptian ways. They merged their knowledge
about matter with the Egyptian science. In the seventeenth
century, Arabs occupied Egypt and named the Egyptian
science as al-Khemia which is now seen as a possible origin
of the word alchemy. The Greek word Khumos has been
suggested as an alternate origin for the word alchemy. The
alchemy was introduced to Europeans by Arabs who brought
it to Spain from where it spread to the rest of Europe. Modern
chemistry took shape in eighteenth century in Europe after
a few centuries of alchemical traditions. It developed from
Alchemy and Iatrochemistry as a result of search for two
interesting things:
1. Philosopher’s stone (Paras) which would convert all base
metals, e.g., iron and copper into gold.
2. ‘Elixir of life’ which would grant immortality.
Alchemy led to the discovery of amalgams and advances
in many other chemical processes and the apparatus
required for them. By the sixteenth century, alchemists in
Europe had separated into two groups. One group focused
on discovery of new compounds and their reactions and the
branch of science, now named as chemistry, evolved. The
2022-23
8--Chemistry and Mettalurgy in India.indd 137 15-10-2020 12:25:00

other group continued to look into spiritual and metaphysical
side of alchemy continuing the search of immortality and
transmutation of base metal into gold. India and China had
their own alchemical traditions.
Archaeological findings of Harappa and Saraswati sites
provide ample proof in favour of advanced knowledge in the
field of agriculture, irrigation, architecture and production
of metals. The hymns of Yajurveda and Ṛgveda are
unsurpassable proof of the antiquity of India’s progress in
science. These Vedas mention the extraction and processing
of metals such as gold, silver, copper, tin, lead, iron and
their alloys.
In ancient India, chemistry had various names i.e.,
Rasāyana Śāstra, Rasatantra, Rasakriyā or Rasavidyā. It
included metallurgy, medicine, manufacture of cosmetics,
glass, dyes, inks, etc. Ancient Indians applied that knowledge
of chemistry in various walks of life.
EARLY CHEMICAL TECHNIQUES,

TECHNOLOGY AND ARTS
The Indus Valley Civilisation or Harrapan
civilisation spreads across in India extensively.
It spread from Alamgirpur in western Uttar
Pradesh (in the East) to Sutkagendor in Makaran
and Bhagatrav in South Gujarat (in the West)
and from Gumla and Ropar (in the North) to
Daimabad in Maharastra (in the South). Indus
Valley Civilisation is known for its technological
Baked bricks
knowledge in variety of fields. Indus Valley
Source: History Textbook, Our Pasts–I,
Class VI, NCERT people used a number of minerals for a variety
of purposes. Archaeological findings show that baked bricks
were used in the construction work. Gypsum cement has
been used in the construction work in which lime, sand and
traces of CaCO3 have been found.
Archaeological evidences show the mass production of
pottery in Indus Valley Civilisation or the Harappan culture,
which can be regarded as the earliest chemical process in
which materials were mixed, moulded and subjected to fire
to achieve desirable qualities. Remains of glazed pottery have
been found in Mohenjodaro. Many useful products from the
excavation sites are plasters, medical preparations, hair
wash products, etc.
Harappans made faience, which is glazed with ceramic.
It was used in ornaments. Indus Valley faience was stronger
because it was made from partially melted quartz. Although
from Egypt or Mesopotamia, faience was produced from easily
2022-23

available material, a highly specialised technical expertise
was needed to process them in finished goods. Efforts of
Jonathan Mark Kenoyer to find out the secret of glazing
technique show that artisans partially melted powdered rock
quartz in high temperature kilns using flux additives made
of plant ash. A glassy frit was obtained which was reground
into a fine paste and subjected to firing again at around 940
degree celsius to obtain dense glazed faience. His efforts
indicated that artisans had mastery over controlling the kiln
temperatures.
DIFFERENT AREAS OF DEVELOPMENT IN ANCIENT

INDIA
The major chemical arts and crafts in early period were
pottery, jewellery making, dying of cloths, tanning of leather,
glass making, etc. Several evidences are available in favour
of these in literature and many have been obtained from
archaeological excavations.
A number of statements and materials described in the
ancient Vedic literature can be shown to agree with the
modern scientific findings. Copper utensils, iron, gold, silver
ornaments and terracotta discs and painted grey pottery
have been found in many archaeological sites in North India.
The golden gloss of the northern black polished ware could
not be replicated and is still a technological mystery. In the Glazed pottery
following paragraphs you will learn about some of the areas Source: National Museum,
New Delhi
of development in ancient India.
CHEMISTRY AND METALLURGY IN INDIA 139
2022-23

Glass Making
Literary Sources
Suśruta Saṁhiṭa: This mentions about different instruments
made of glass crystals and quartz, used in the absence of other
instruments. It also mentions about beautiful glass vessels,
employed for serving food. Therefore, it can be concluded that
by the sixth century B.C.E., glass vessels were manufactured
for domestic and other utilitarian purposes.
Arthaśāstra of Kauṭilya: According to this book, advance
licence fee was imposed for starting glass industry, which
was payable in advance like modern surety money. This
proves the existence of flourishing glass industry during the
Mauryan epoch. It also mentions the use of different kinds
of metallic salts and oxides for encrusting the valuable glass.
Foreign Travellers’ Account

Pliny : His narration about Indian glass industry tells that
metallic salts and oxides were used for colouring crystals
and the Indian glass industry was superior to those of other
countries.
Some of the important conclusions that can be drawn
from the close scrutiny of available literary sources are:
• The antiquity of glass can be traced back to the period
from 800 to 500 B.C.E.
• The glass ornaments were deemed costly and made with
remarkable skill. Imitational skills of craftsmen were
highly advanced and they could imitate other costly
ornaments of jewels, gold, silver or gems.
• Different varieties of glasses were not only manufactured
but also exported to other countries. The glass making
industry had avenues in the commercial world.
Archaeological Evidences
A number of glass objects have been found in Maski in
South India (1000–900 B.C.E.) and Hastinapur and Taxila
(1000–200 B.C.E.) in North India. Glass and glazes were
coloured by addition of colouring agents like metal oxides.
According to Jonathan Mark Kenoyer, first evidence
for glass beads production at Harappa comes around
1700 B.C.E., which is 200 years before glasses were being
made in Egypt.
Archaeological excavations gave evidence of the
occurrence of glass from fairly large number of ancient sites.
Some of these are Rupar, Alamgirpur, Hastinapur, Maski
and sites at Madras district.
2022-23

From the cumulative evidence of archaeology and
literature, it can be legitimately inferred that glass
manufacturing had started in India in the first quarter of
the first millennium B.C.E.
Paints and Dyes

Varāhamihira’s Bṛhatsaṁhitā is a sort of encyclopaedia,
which was composed in the sixth century C.E. It informs
about the preparation of glutinous material to be applied
on walls and roofs of houses and temples. It was prepared
entirely from extracts of various plants, fruits, seeds and
barks which were concentrated by boiling and then treated
with various resins. It will be interesting to test such materials
scientifically and assess them for use. The paintings found
on the walls of Ajanta and Ellora, which look fresh even
after ages, testify to a high level of science achieved in
ancient India.
A number of classical texts like Atharvaveda (1000
B.C.E.) mention some dye stuffs; the materials used were
turmeric, sunflower, madder, orpiment, cochineal, lac and
kermes. Some other substances having tinting property
were Kamplcica, Pattanga and Jatuka. According to Ṛgveda,
tanning of leather and dying of cotton were also practiced
during the period 1000 – 400 B.C.E.
Perfumes and Cosmetics

It appears that the whole range of modern cosmetics was
conceived by ancient Indians and material required was
obtained from the natural resources then available.
Varāhamihira’s Bṛhatsaṁhitā gives references to perfumes
and cosmetics. Recipes for hair dyeing were made from plants
like indigo and minerals like iron powder, black iron or steel
and acidic extracts of sour rice gruel.
Gandhayukti describes recipes for making scents, mouth
perfumes, bath powders, incense and talcum powder.
Aṣṭāṅga Hridaya, a 1500 year old book of Āyurveda,
describes six different formulations to be used in the six
seasons of the year for body beautification.
Lot of efforts were taken by ancient researchers to evolve
the science of cosmetics. Raja Serfoji who ruled (1788
C.E.–1832 C.E.) in Thanjavur in Tamil Nadu established an
institute of medical research called Dhanvantari Mahal and
2022-23

a great library called Serfoji’s Saraswati Mahal at Tanjore.
Experiments were conducted in Dhanwantari Mahal. He
selected a few thousand efficacious recipes after testing
them. They were then given to Tamil pundits to be woven
into verse in Colloquial Marathi for the benefit of Marathi
speaking people. These recipes are called Anubhoga Vaidya
Bhāga, which means ‘recipe tested by experience’. Many
ancient families of Tanjore still possess medicines prepared
in the Dhanvantari Mahal, bearing the original seals
indicating the sample and the date of its preparation. Raja
Serfoji developed a herbarium in his palace which supplied
plants to Dhanvantari Mahal for experimentation. He got the
paintings of these plants prepared and bound in the book
form for future reference.
Chemicals in Ancient India

Suśruta Saṁhitā explains the importance of alkalies. The
Caraka Saṁhitā mentions about ancient Indians who knew
how to prepare sulphuric acid and nitric acid; oxides of
copper tin and zinc; sulphates of copper, zinc and iron; and
the carbonates of lead and iron.
Rasopaniṣada describes the preparation of gun powder
mixture. Tamil texts also describe the preparation of fireworks
using sulphur, charcoal, saltpetre (i.e., potassium nitrate),
mercury, camphor, etc.
Kautilya’s Arthaśāstra describes the production of
salt from sea. Nagarjuna’s work Rasratnākara deals with
the formulation of mercury compounds. He was a great
Indian scientist. He was a reputed chemist, alchemist, and
metallurgist. He has discussed methods for the extraction
of metals like gold, silver, tin and copper.
Cakrapāṇi discovered mercury sulphide. The credit
for inventing soap goes to him. He used mustard oil and
some alkalies as ingredients for making soap. Indians
began making soaps in eighteenth C.E., oil of eranda and
seeds of mahua plant and calcium carbonate were used for
making soap.
A book Rasārṇavam appeared around 800 C.E. It
discusses the usage of various furnaces, ovens and crucibles
for different purposes. It describes methods by which metals
could be identified by flame colour.
2022-23

Paper and Ink Making
Collecting evidences for researching into the history of paper
making is difficult as paper is easily destroyed by environment
or fungal or insect attack. Very few ancient specimens have
survived in the protective environment of Stūpas or libraries.
In eastern India, manuscript evidence begins from the
twelfth century. The earliest evidence of paper manuscripts,
probably of Indian origin, with Indian scripts are those that
have survived in the stupas of Kuchar in central Asia and
in Gilgit in the Karakoram. On palaeographic evidence,
these manuscripts have been dated to be of fifth and eight
century C.E. According to the account of Chinese traveller
I-tsing, paper was known to India in seventh century. A
paper manuscript belonging to 1105 C.E. is at the Ashutosh
Museum of Calcutta. There are three known accounts of the
use of paper in India by travellers who visited India between
fifteenth and seventeenth centuries. These three accounts
indicate that paper was used in India not only as writing
material but also for wrapping common wares and it also
seems to be a well known article of export from India.
An ink pot has been obtained in the excavations at
Taxila that indicate that ink was used in India from fourth
century. Colours of ink were made from chalk, red lead and
minium (i.e., Sindoor). The recipe for making ink is given
in Rasaratnākara of Nityanatha. The black ink made from
nuts and myrobalans was durable and kept in water in iron
pots. It was used in Malabar and other parts of the country.
Special ink made from roasted rice, lamp black, sugar and
juice of plant kesurte has been used in Jain manuscripts. It
seems that in late mediaeval period, Indians knew that tannin
solution becomes dark blue-black or greenish by addition of
ferric salts. They used this knowledge to make ink.
Alcoholic Liquors
It seems that the process of fermentation was well known
to Indians. Vedas and Kauṭilya’s Arthaśāstra mention
about many types of liquors. Caraka Saṁhitā also mentions
ingredients such as barks of plants, stem, flowers, leaves,
woods, cereals, fruits and sugarcane for making Āsavas.
2022-23

Āyurvedic Medical System
In the Atharvaveda, plants and vegetables have been
recognised as helpful agents for the treatment of diseases.
Two great works of Āyurveda period are Caraka Saṁhitā and
Suśruta Saṁhitā, Caraka is older than Suśruta. Suśruta is
a treatise on surgery and Caraka is a treatise on medicine.
The texts on Indian alchemy (rasavidyā) reveal that a wide
variety of inorganic and organic substances were used in the
treatment of diseases. Mercury is a metal which has been
of great alchemical importance in ancient India. Mercury
was passed through 18 processes before it could be used for
treatment.
KNOWLEDGE OF FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS OF

CHEMISTRY
Concept of Atom
The concept, that matter is ultimately made of indivisible
building blocks, appeared in India a few centuries back as a
part of philosophical speculations. Acārya Kanda born in 600
B.C.E., originally known by the name Kaśyapa was the first
profounder of the ‘atomic theory’. He formulated the theory
of very small indivisible particles which he named ‘Anu’
(comparable to molecules). He authored the text ‘Vaiśeṣika
Sūtras’. According to him all substances are aggregated form
of smaller units called atoms (Paramãṇu), which are eternal,
indestructible, spherical, suprasensible and in motion at
the primordial state. He explained that this individual entity
cannot be sensed through any human organ. Kaṇāda also
added that there are varieties of atoms that are as different as
the different classes of substances. He said these could form
pairs or triplets (aṇu), among other combinations, and unseen
forces caused interaction between them. He conceptualised
this theory around 2500 years before John Dalton (1766–
1844). John Dalton presented his atomic theory which was a
turning point in the study of matter.
Nano particles
The concept of reduction of particle size of metals is clearly
discussed in Caraka Saṁhitā. Extreme reduction of particle
size is now termed as nanotechnology. Nanotechnology and
nano science is the study and use of structures between 1 and
100 nanometre size. The ‘nanoscale’ is typically measured
in nanometres, i.e., billionths of a metre. The manipulation
and manufacture of materials and devices on the scale of
atoms or small groups of atoms is done in this technology.
2022-23

It can be applied across all the other science fields, such as
chemistry, biology, physics, materials science, engineering
and medical science. Nanostructures interact with the body
at molecular level. Bioavailability of a drug is improved in
nano form and the effect of drug toxicity is reduced. Caraka
Saṁhitā describes the use of bhasma of metals in treatment
for ailments. It has been proved that the bhasmas have nano
particles of metals. The scientists in ancient times performed
the process of continuous burning and cooling of metals,
minerals or gems (in some cases more than 100 times) and
mixed with these herbs and other medicinal substances
to get rid of toxic effects of these substances. It may be a
chance discovery and they may have limited knowledge that
the processing changed the physical and chemical properties
of the substance i.e., metal, mineral or gem, but the drugs
prepared by them were more effective, had quick action and
were required in smaller doses. The drugs became more
palatable and also had more shelf life. There is urgent need
to carry out scientific research to analyse the risk - benefit
aspect of these herbo-mineral or metal based medicines.
After the decline of alchemy, Iatrochemistry reached
a steady state, but it declined due to the introduction and
practice of western medicine in the twentieth century. During
this period of stagnation, pharmaceutical industry based on
Ayurveda continued to exist, but it too gradually declined. It
took about 100–150 years for Indians to learn and adopt new
techniques. During this time, the foreign products poured
in. As a result, indigenous traditional techniques gradually
declined.
Modern science appeared on Indian scene in later part
of the nineteenth century. By the mid nineteenth century,
European scientists started coming to India and modern
chemistry started growing up. Modern metallurgy had
exponential growth after Industrial Revolution.
METALLURGY IN INDIA
For over 7000 years, India has had a high tradition of
metallurgical skills. The two important sources for the
history of Indian metallurgy are archaeological excavations
and literary evidences. The first evidence of metal in Indian
subcontinent comes from Mehrgarh in Baluchistan, where
a small copper bead was dated to about 6000 B.C.E. It
is, however, thought to be native copper, which has not
been extracted from ore. Archaeological excavations have
shown that Harappan metalsmiths obtained copper ore The Dancing Girl
from Aravalli Hills, Baluchistan or beyond. Many bronze (Made of bronze, Mohenjodaro)
figurines of humans and animals have been unearthed from Source: National Museum,
New Delhi
Harappan sites.
2022-23

Systematic excavations at Mohenjodaro in Sindh and
Harappa in Punjab show that during the mature Harappan
period, the metal workers perfected the metallurgical skill.
Harrapans used metals like tin, arsenic, lead, antimony, etc.,
for alloying. They had also perfected the wax technique of
metal casting in as early as the third millennium B.C.E. They
melted and forged a variety of objects from metals such as
lead, silver, gold and copper. They improved the hardness of
copper for making artefacts by using tin and arsenic.
Copper
Copper metallurgy in India dates back to the beginning of
Chalcolithic culture in the sub-continent. Copper and bronze
were used for making weapons, tools and cheaper ornaments.
Copper found at Mohenjodaro contains an appreciable
amount of lead and also some objects made of copper which
also contain nickel. An alloy of copper and arsenic was also
used at Mohenjodaro. Copper was smelted from ore and
afterwards refined in clay crucible. The fragment of such
crucible with slag sticking at the edges has been found at the
excavation of Mohenjodaro.
One of the resource zones for copper was Aravalli range.
There are deposits of copper, lead, silver and zinc ores in the
Aravalli hills. The copper ore of this region contains 4 per
cent to 8 per cent arsenic. Many copper objects obtained from
Harappa and Mohenjodaro contains high level of arsenic. This
suggests that metal workers of Harappan civilisation obtained
copper ore from this region of Aravalli hills. In Rajasthan, the
copper mining areas are along the eastern flank of Aravalli
hills extending from Bharatpur, Alwar and Khetri region in
North East to the South of Udaipur.
There are evidences of deep mining in the Rajpur Dariba
in the district Udaipur.
Radiocarbon dating shows that the mines are of the
last quarter of the second millennium B.C.E. Large heaps
of broken stones have been found near the mining area. It
seems that ore bearing rocks were taken to the valley, where
they were roasted, crushed, concentrated and smelted.
Now, archaeological and analytical data are available
to prove that the objects excavated from later Chalcolithic
sites were made in India. A number of axes, chisels and
mirrors have been unearthed by archaeological excavations
in pre-Harappan settlement sites—Nal, Mehi, and Kot Diji.
A chemical analysis of a fragment of an axe from Nal shows
that it is made up of 94% pure copper with 5% of nickel
in it. This shows that smelters and smiths of the Indian
subcontinent, who made these articles, had advanced
2022-23

knowledge of copper metallurgy. In an excavation in 1962, at
chalcolithic site at Ahar near Udaipur in Aravalli Hills, heaps
of semi fused glass-like material together with copper tools
and quartz in stratified layers were unearthed. Radiocarbon
dating of the material shows it to be of the period from 1800
to 1600 B.C.E. Analysis of the glass-like material showed it
to be copper metallurgical slag which is the waste product of
the copper smelting industry. It establishes the evidence of
copper smelting activity in Ahar during Chalcolithic period.
More than fifty such sites have been located and some of
these are Gilund, Meroli, Kumaria and Kadukota. This also
shows that the Indian chalcolithic metal objects were, most
probably, indigenously made. Extensive copper ore deposits
are located in the Aravalli Hills within the area inhabited
by Chalcolithic communities. Aravalli copper ore deposits
can, therefore, be considered as the source likely used by
the Chalcolithic metal workers. Though chalcopyrite ore is
abundant in Aravalli Hills, the percentage of copper is poor
in the ore but the percentage of copper in many examined
samples was found to be 98 per cent. This purity in copper
is equivalent to the purity of present time blister copper.
Evidence of ore dressing, roasting, fluxing and extraction of
copper consistently in 98 per cent purity prove that advanced
stage of metallurgical processes was reached and maintained
in Chalcolithic period.
There is fairly extensive evidence for ancient mining of
copper ores from Khetri region of Rajasthan in north-western
India dating to about the third–second millennium B.C.
Iron
Recent excavations in the central parts of Ganges Valley and
Vindhya Hills have shown that the art of iron smelting and
manufacturing of iron artefacts was well known in eastern
Vindhyas and it was in use in the Central Ganga Plain. In
the recent excavations conducted by Uttar Pradesh State
Archeological Department, iron furnaces, artefacts, tuyers
and layers of slag have been obtained. Radiocarbon dating
places them between 1800 and 1000 B.C.E. The quantity and
types of iron artefacts and the level of technical advancements
in India indicate that the introduction of iron work took place
even earlier.
Asur Munda and Agaria tribes of India have been the
main tribes concerned with the manufacture of iron. Agaria
tribe practiced iron smelting on large scale. This tribe has
been living in Andhra Pradesh, Madhya Pradesh, Eastern
Uttar Pradesh, Bihar and Orissa. The ancient practice was
considered to be extinct till 1963, when Ghose of TISCO
2022-23

located the tribsman at Kamarjoda, Chiglabecha and
Clay
Bricks Jiragora, who could construct their traditional furnace
and
Bloom operate them to produce wrought iron bloom.
Charcoal These furnaces were meticulously designed and
Tuyere
constructed using pre-shaped curved clay bricks. The
Tapped refractory clay used in the bricks was obtained from the
Slag
places close to the site of operation.
The design criteria such as shaft taper, bosh to top
diameter and bosh angle in these primitive furnaces have
Ancient iron making furnace,
been found to be almost same as in modern blast furnaces
Naikund (700 BCE)
of 1960–70. The ancient furnaces have relatively large
hearth diameter because these produced semi-solid sponge
iron and liquid slag instead of molten cast iron and slag
because forging operation is not possible on cast iron due
to brittleness.
Iron smelting and the use of iron was especially
established in South Indian megalithic cultures. The forging
of wrought iron seems to have been at peak in India in the
first millennium C.E. Greek accounts report the manufacture
of steel in India by crucible process. In this process, iron,
charcoal and glass were mixed together in a crucible and
heated until the iron melted and absorbed the carbon. With
the passage of time, blacksmiths of ancient India gained
specialised skills in the hot and cold working and hot and
cold forge welding. They gained experience about the effect of
carbon on the physical properties of iron. They developed the
process of carburisation. This resulted in hardening of the
material. This process has been known as ‘steeling’. This
was used for making arrow heads, swords and knives, etc.
Suśruta (500 B.C.E.) has also described this procedure and
heat treatment for making of the surgical knives having such
sharp edges that could bisect human hair longitudinally.
India was a major innovator in the production of advanced
quality steel. Indian steel was called ‘the wonder material of
the Orient’. A Roman historian, Quintus Curtius, records
that one of the gifts that Porus of Taxila (326 B.C.E.) gave
to Alexander the Great, was some two-and-a-half tons of
Wootz steel. Wootz steel is primarily iron containing a high
proportion of carbon (1.0 – 1.9%). Wootz is the English version
of word ‘ukku’ which is used in the language in Karnataka
and Andhra Pradesh for steel. Literary accounts suggest that
Indian Wootz steel from southern part of Indian subcontinent
was exported to Europe, China and Arab World. It became
prominent in Middle East where it was named as Damascus
steel. Michael Faraday tried to duplicate this steel by alloying
Schematic diagram showing
inner contours of Agaria iron iron with a variety of metals including noble metals, but failed.
making furnace
2022-23

When iron ore is reduced by charcoal
in solid state, it forms porous iron blocks.
Therefore, reduced iron blocks are also
called sponge iron blocks. Any useful
product can only be obtained from this
material after removing the porosity by
hot forging. The iron so obtained is termed
as wrought iron. The process control
achieved by the ancient iron smelters was
so high that they could produce 6–10 tons
of wrought iron of almost uniform quality
used for the manufacture of objects like
the world famous Iron Pillar at Delhi.
Engraved Sanskrit inscription suggests
that it was brought here from elsewhere in
the Gupta period. The average composition
of the components present in the wrought
iron of the pillar besides iron are 0.15%
C, 0.05% Si, 0.05% Mn, 0.25% P, 0.005%
Ni, 0.03% Cu and 0.02% N. The most
significant aspect of pillar is that there is no Iron Pillar, Qutub Minar
Complex, Delhi
sign of corrosion in spite of the fact that it has been exposed to
Source: History Textbook,
the atmosphere for about 1,600 years. High purity of the metal Class VI, NCERT
(> 99 per cent) and presence only of traces of injurious elements,
and clean environment prevented it from rusting. Also most
recently, Balasubramaniam has explained that a composite
layer of iron hydrogen phosphate formed on the pillar prevents
it from rusting. Rapid industrialisation and the increase in
traffic in and around Delhi is raising the sulphurous gases in
the environment. If this remains uncontrolled, corrosion may
occur and weaken the matrix of the pillar. Another famous iron
pillar is located at Mookambika temple in Kodachari Hill in a
town near Mangalore. It also belongs to the same period. The
iron beams lying in the Surya temple at Konark are still bigger
in size. Non corroding iron beams were being used extensively
in the construction of temples in Orissa dating back to the
sixth and thirteenth centuries C.E.
Evidences of iron smelting are available in North East
region also. Radiocarbon dating of charcoal from the iron
slag obtained in this region provides evidence of continuous
smelting in Khasi Hills. Meghalaya is the earliest iron
smelting site studied in the entire region of North East
India. The slag layer, which is dated to 2040±80 years BP
(253 B.C.E. – A.D. 128) is the remnant of former iron ore
excavation and iron manufacturing visible even now in the
landscape of Khasi Hills.
2022-23

Zinc
Upper Chamber There is archaeological evidence of zinc
production in Rajasthan at Zawar around the
Retort
sixth or fifth B.C.E. Due to low boiling point,
Brick zinc tends to vaporise while its ore is smelted.
Partition As a result, its vapours present in the furnace
Lower Chamber are reoxidised and the metal is lost. Therefore,
zinc is produced by distillation technique.
Zinc retorts from Zawar zinc mines India was the first country to master zinc
distillation. The technique used for distillation
in Zawar was designed for downward distillation in which
vapours were condensed in a lower container. The distillation
of the pallets of roasted ore mixed with charcoal powder, salt,
etc., and borax as flux was carried out in brinjal shaped
retorts. In excavation at Zawar, these retorts have been found.
Each distillation unit had two chambers. Lower chamber
was separated from the upper chamber by perforated bricks.
Charged retorts were fixed in the perforations with their mouth
projecting out in the lower chamber. The mouth of the retort
was sealed and fixed in the collecting earthen pots. Earthen
pots were kept in the lower chamber of the distillation unit.
Earthen pots were dipped in a water trough for cooling the
vapours of zinc coming out of the retort. Upper part of the
retort was heated by making fire in the upper chamber. Zinc
vapours coming in the earthen pot cooled inside it due to cold
water surrounding the earthen pot. This technique was also
applied to mercury. Indian metallurgists were masters in this
technique. This has been described in the Sanskrit texts of
fourteenth century.
Gold and Silver

Harappans also used gold and silver as well as their joint alloy
electrum. Variety of ornaments such as pendants, bangles,
beads, rings, etc., have been found in ceramic or bronze pots.
Early gold and silver ornaments have been found from Indus
Valley sites such as Mohenjodaro (3000 B.C.E). These are on
display in the National Museum, New Delhi. India has the
distinction that the deepest ancient mines in the world for
gold are in Maski region of Karnataka with carbon dating from
mid first millennium B.C.E. A sample of silver containing Ag
94.5; Pb 0.42; Cu 3.68; insoluble 0.38 per cent was found in
Mohenjodaro. The process of extracting silver was known to
the people of Mohenjodaro.
Hymns of Ṛgveda gave earliest indirect references to the
alluvial placer gold deposits (i.e., deposits of gold minerals
formed in stream) in India. The river Sindhu was an
important source of gold in ancient times. It is interesting
2022-23

that the availability of alluvial placer gold in the river Sindhu
has been reported in modern times also. It has been reported
that there are even now, great mines of gold in the region
of Mansarovar and in Thokjalyug. The pāli text Aṅguttara
Nikāya narrates the process of the recovery of gold dust or
particles from alluvial placer gold deposits. Although evidence
of gold refining is available in vedic texts, it was Kauṭilya
Arthaśāstra, authored probably in third or fourth century
B.C.E., during Mauryan era, which has much data on the
prevailing chemical practices in a long section on mines
and minerals including metal ores of gold, silver, copper,
lead, tin and iron. Kauṭilyas’ Arthaśāstra describes a variety
of gold called rasviddhā, which is naturally occurring gold
solution, Kalidas also mentioned about such solutions. It is
astonishing how people recognised such solutions.
The native gold (i.e., gold found in nature) has different
colours depending upon the nature and amount of impurity
present. It may be that the different colours of native gold
were a major driving force for the development of gold refining.
DISAPPEARANCE OF METALLURGICAL SKILLS

India’s prosperity was drastically harmed in the period of
Turkish invasion. Turkish rulers carried away the country’s
riches to Islamic countries and enslaved men, women as
well as artisans. In Mughal period, surviving artisans in
the remote places of the country were patronised and were
resettled in new places. Under the Mughal patronage, the
iron workers of Gujarat and Deccan began making forged
iron guns and fire arms as well as a variety of war weapons
and armours.
Cottage iron making was flourishing by the end of
nineteenth and early twentieth century. The iron production
was taking shape of an organised industry. In 1852, Oldham
had reported working of 70 iron making furnaces in Birbhum
district. These large furnaces could produce 2 tonnes of iron
per furnace at the cost of `17 only. However, these industries
could not last long. The British representatives took over the
local industries. Inspite of the better quality of Indian iron
and steel, they began to import British and Swedish iron
and levy heavy tax on local produce. European and British
governments established their own industries. In order to
supply raw material to these industries, British government
began exporting high grade iron ore from India and banned
iron and steel-making in India. The British government also
began to import finished iron and steel machinery and levied
high taxes on the Indian produce. Thus the tribal art of iron
and Wootz steel making was almost stopped. Similar fate
was of zinc production also.
2022-23

EXERCISES
1. Which materials were used to make the colour of inks?
2. How was the concept of atom described in early Indian
philosophical system?
3. Justify that copper metallurgy in India has indigenous origin.
4. What makes the extraction of zinc difficult? How did the Indian
smelters carry out the process of smelting of zinc?
5. How can one show that the smelters and smiths of Indian
sub-continent had advanced knowledge of copper metallurgy?
6. What caused the decline of knowledge of metallurgical skills in
India?
7. Why iron pillar of Delhi has not rusted even after exposure to
moist air for so many years?
EXTENDED ACTIVITIES
• Collect information about the methods used to purify zinc in
ancient time and today.
• Collect pictures and documents related to the historical
background of two rust resistant monuments erected in India.
• Collect information about ancient Indian knowledge in the field
of cosmetics.
• Collect information about ancient Indian knowledge in the field
of drugs.
BIBLIOGRAPHY
BROTHERTON, P.N AND F.W. PREECE. 1995. Science Process
Skills: Their Nature and Interrelationship. Research in Science
& Technological Education, Vol. 13, pp. 5–11.
CHITTRABRATA, PATIL AND NUPUR DASGUPTA. Eds. 2009. An Ancient
Indian System of Rasayana Suvarnatantra: A Treatise on
Alchemy, pp. 45–46, Kalpaz Publications, New Delhi.
GARFINKEL, HAROLD. Enthomethodological Studies of Work, Routage
Reddif Books, p. 129.
GOVIND, V. 1970. Some Aspects of Glass Manufacturing in Ancient
India. National Commission for the Compilation of History of
Science in India, National Institute of Science of India, Vol. 5,
No. 2. pp. 281–308. https://www.insa.nic.in/writereaddata/
UpLoadedFiles/IJHS/Vol05_2_7_VGovind.pdf)
HABASHI, FATHI. 1998. The Age of Alchemy History of Chemistry,
Metallurgy, and Civilisation, Interdisciplinary Science
Reviews, Vol. 23, No. 4. pp. 348-361, doi: 10.1179/
isr.1998.23.4.348.
HEDGE, K.T.M. 1981. Scientific Basis and Technology of Ancient
Indian Copper and Iron Metallurgy. Indian Journal of History
of Science, Vol. 16, No. 2. pp. 189–201.
2022-23

HOPKINS, ARTHUR JOHN. 1918. The Scientific Monthly, Vol. 6, No. 6.
pp. 530–537.
K.B. PATKAR. 2008. Herbal cosmetics in ancient India. Indian
Journal of Plastic Surgery. Oct.41( Suppl): S134–S137
KENOYER, JONATHAN MARK. 2003. Uncovering the Keys to the Lost
Indus Civilisation, Scientific American, pp. 68–75.
KNOWLEDGE TRADITIONS & PRACTICES OF INDIA (2012–13). Textbook for
Class XI, Module 2, Chemistry in India, Central Board of
Secondary Education, New Delhi.
KNOWLEDGE TRADITIONS & PRACTICES OF INDIA (2012–13). Textbook for
Class XI, Module 8, Metallurgy in India, Central Board of
Secondary Education, New Delhi.
PAL, SANJOY KUMAR. 2015. The Ayurvedic Bhasma: The Ancient
Science of Nanomedicine, Recent Patents on Nanomedicine.
Vol. 5, No. 1. pp. 12–18.
PRAKASH, B. 2011. Ancient Indian Iron and Steel: An
Archaeometallurgical Study. Indian Journal of History of
Science, Vol. 46, No. 3. pp. 381–410.
RAMASESHAN, S. 1989. The History of Paper in India Upto 1948. Indian
Journal of History of Science, Vol. 24, No. 2. pp. 103–121.
RAO, RAMACHANDRA. P. AND GOSWAMI N.G. Metallurgy in India: A
Retrospective; (ISBN: 81; 87053-56-7); Article: ‘Ferrous
metallurgy in Ancient India’, pp. 52–91.
READ, JOHN. 1933. Alchemy and Alchemists, Folklore, Vol. 44,
No. 3. pp. 251–278.
SAVRIKAR, S. S. AND RAVISHANKAR, B. 2011. Introduction to
‘Rasashaastra’ - The Iatrochemistry of Ayurveda, Afr J Tradit
Complement Altern Med. Vol. 8. pp. 66–82.
SHRIVASTAVA, RINA. 1999. Mining of Copper in Ancient India, Indian
Journal of History of Science, Vol. 34, No. 3. pp.173–180.
SRINIVASAN, SHARDA AND RANGANATHAN SRINIVASA. 2013. (NIAS
Backgrounder B8), Minerals and metals heritage of
India, National Institute of Advanced Studies, Bangalore.
TRIPATHI, VIBHA. 2018. Metals and Metallurgy in the Harrappan
Civilisation, Indian Journal of History of Science, Vol. 53,
No. 3. pp. 279–295.
TRIPATHI, VIBHA. 2008. History of Iron Technology in India-From the
Begging to Pre-modern Times, Publisher: Rupa & Co. New Delhi.
URL : HTTPS://WWW.JSTOR.ORG/STABLE/22599.
VAISH A.K., P.K. BISWAS, N.G. GOSWAMI, C.S.S. KRISHNAN AND P.
RAMACHANDRA RAO. 2000. Historical Perspective of Iron in
Ancient India, Journal of Metallurgy and Materials Science,
Vol. 42, No. 1, pp. 65–74.
INTERNET RESOURCES ACCESSED IN OCTOBER 2018

• http://www.chm.bris.ac.uk/webprojects2002/crabb/history.html
• http://www.infinityfoundation.com/mandala/t_es_agraw_
chemistry_frameset.htm
2022-23

GLOSSARY
Alchemy—The medieval forerunner of chemistry, concerned
particularly with attempts to convert base metals into gold or to
find a universal elixir.
Faience—An attractive glazed ceramic or stone with lustrous sheen.
Iatrochemistry—Chemistry combined with medicine. It is a
school of thought of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries which
stressed the use of chemicals in the treatment of diseases.
Metaphysics—The branch of philosophy the objective of which is
to determine the real nature of things.
2022-23

9
Yoga
Yoga is an ancient Indian wisdom and it is our cultural

and spiritual heritage. Yoga essentially focuses on bringing
harmony between body and mind, thought and action;
restraint and fulfilment; human and nature; a holistic
approach to health and well-being. It is an art and science of
healthy living. Yoga is also ‘anuśāsanam’ (discipline) which
helps to develop overall physical, mental, spiritual, and
social aspects of an individual’s personality. To accomplish
this, it advocates practice of different yogic techniques like
Āsana (psycho-physiological postures), Prāṇāyāma (breath
regulation techniques), Pratyāhāra (withdrawal of senses)
Dhāraṇā (concentration) and Dhyāna (meditation), etc.
In modern world, there is a general notion among the
masses that Yoga is a series of exercises called āsana and
considers it for their physical fitness and wellness. But it
is not so. So, one need to understand that Yoga is not just
related to physical fitness and wellness movement as it is
perceived today, but it is a way to lead a holistic life and
to attain enlightenment. There are various schools of Yoga,
namely Jñāna-yoga, Bhakti-yoga, Karma-yoga, Pātañjala-
yoga and Haṭha-yoga, etc., while āsana is just one limb of
Aṣṭāṅga-yoga and Haṭha-yoga.
ETYMOLOGY OF YOGA
The word ‘Yoga’ is derived from the Sanskrit root Yuj, meaning
‘to join’ or ‘to yoke’ or ‘to unite’. As per Yogic scriptures,
the practice of Yoga leads to the union of an individual
consciousness with that of the universal consciousness,
2022-23
9- -Yoga.indd 155 15-10-2020 11:20:07

indicating a perfect harmony between the body and mind,
human and nature. According to modern scientists,
everything in the universe is just a manifestation of the same
quantum firmament. One who experiences this oneness of
existence is said to be in Yoga, and the practitioner is termed
as a yogi, having attained a state of freedom referred to as
mukti, nirvana or mokṣa.
HISTORY AND DEVELOPMENT OF YOGA

The practice of Yoga is believed to have started with the
Maharishi Patanjali very dawn of civilisation. The science of Yoga originated
Source: https://encrypted- tbn0.
gstatic.com/ images?q=tbn:
thousands of years ago, long before the first religious belief
ANd9GcRqpHHuNS58HyMQZ0 systems were born. Yoga believes that suffering is a fact and
wbKFAojuvjc1kA1p4AAZpfobKda avidyā (ignorance) is the root cause of all sufferings. Yoga
WdGtxjj
has originated and been developed by ancient Indian rishis
to overcome all kinds of suffering of human beings and its
root cause. Yogic practices lead to health, harmony and total
freedom. The ṛṣis and sages carried this yogic knowledge to
different parts of the world including Asia, the Middle East,
Northern Africa and South America.
Archaeological findings such as Yogi-like figure engraved
on soapstone seal verified the existence of Yoga culture which
is beyond 5000 years. Thus the history of Yoga can be traced
back to over 5000 years. The history and development of
Yoga can be divided into following periods.
Pre-Vedic Period
The history of Yoga can be traced
back to pre-vedic period. The
study of the history of Indus
Valley Civilisation reveals that
the practices of Yoga was one of
the significant features during
that period. Yoga is being widely
considered as an ‘immortal cultural
outcome’ of Indus Sarasvati Valley
Carving on Stones of Yoga Mudrā During Indus Valley Civilisation Civilisation — dating back to 2700
Source: https://i.pinimg.com/originals/ac/e4/39/ ace4397b7 3271e96 B.C., it has proved itself catering
9fe1bbf42e03d473.jpg
to both material and spiritual
upliftment of humanity. The stones seals excavated from
the sites of the Indus Valley Civilisation depicting figures in
yogic postures indicated that Yoga was being practised even
during 3000 B.C. The idol of Pashupati in yogic postures is
one of such specimens.
2022-23
9- -Yoga.indd 156 15-10-2020 11:20:15

Vedic and Upanishadic period
This period is marked with the emergence of Vedas.
There are four Vedas:
(i) Ṛgveda
(ii) Sāmaveda
(iii) Yajurveda
(iv) Atharvaveda
During this period, the people relied on the knowledge of Script from Vedas
dedicated vedic yogis (rishi) to teach them how to live in
Source: https://www.hindujagruti.
divine harmony. The ṛṣis (seers) were also gifted with the org/wp-content/uploads/2014/09
ability to see the ultimate reality through their intensive /1217775786_4_vedas.jpg
spiritual practices. The vedas contain the oldest known yogic
teachings called Vedic Yoga.
The Upaniṣads are the concluding portion and essence

of the Vedas. The Upaniṣads are contained in the knowledge
portion of Vedas. The concepts of yoga are widely available
in the Upanishads. The Yoga in Upaniṣads describe the inner
vision of reality resulting in intense self-inquiry. Jñāna-yoga,
Karma-yoga and Dhyāna-yoga are the main outcomes of the
Upanishadic teachings.
Classical period
In the pre-classical era, Yoga was
an incoherent mixture of various
ideas and techniques that often
contradicted each other. The
classical period is defined by
Maharshi Patanjali’s yoga sutras,
the first systematic presentation of
Yoga. After Patanjali, many sages
and Yoga masters contributed
greatly for the preservation and
development of the field through
their well-documented practices
and literature. The period
between 500 B.C. – A.D. 800 Source: https://n1.sdlcdn.com/imgs/c/u/k/Srimad_Bhagavad_Gita_
is considered as the Classical as_it_SDL124307274_1_9e896-00e73.jpg
period, which is also considered
YOGA 157
2022-23
9- -Yoga.indd 157 15-10-2020 11:20:19

Pancha mahavrata of Mahavir
as the most fertile and prominent period in
the history and development of Yoga. During
1. Non-violence — Live the life with the this period, commentaries of Vyāsa on
promise of not even drinking small Yoga Sūtras and Bhagavad Giˉtā, etc., came
creatures. into existence. This period can be mainly
2. Truth — Never lie, no matter how much dedicated to two great religious teachers of
difficulty comes to their life. India — Mahavir and Buddha. The concept
3. Renunciation — They do not carry any of five great vows — Pañcamahāvrata by
kind of property and do not collect Mahavir and Aṭṭhaṁgika Magga or eightfold
anything. path by Buddha can be well considered as
4. Asteya — No stealing early nature of Yogasādhana. We find more
5. Brahmacarya — Jain ascetics have to explicit explanation of Yoga in Bhagavad
follow celibacy completely. Giˉtā, which has elaborately presented the
concept of Jñāna-yoga, Bhakti-yoga and
Eightfold Path of Buddha Karma-yoga. These three types of Yoga are
1. Right understanding (Sammā Diṭṭhi) still the highest example of human wisdom.
2. Right thought (Sammā Saṁkappa) Patañjali’s Yoga sūtra besides containing
3. Right speech (Sammā Vāca) various aspects of Yoga, is mainly identified
4. Right action (Sammākammanta) with the eight fold path of Yoga. Vyasa wrote
-
5. Right livelihood (Sammā Āji va) a very important commentary on Yoga
6. Right effort (Sammā Vāyāma) sūtra. During this very period, the aspect of
7. Right mindfulness (Sammā Sati) mind was given more importance and it was
8. Right concentration (Sammā Samādhi) clearly brought out through Yoga Sādhanā.
Mind and body both can be brought under
control to experience equanimity. Patañjali
described ‘eight limbed path’ in order to
attain Samādhi or enlightenment.
• Yama: Social restraints,

observances or ethical values
• Niyama: Personal observances
of study, purity and tolerance.
• Āsana: Psycho-physiological
postures
2022-23
9- -Yoga.indd 158 15-10-2020 11:20:21

• Prāṇāyāma: Control of life force through breath control
or regulation
• Pratyāhāra: Withdrawal of senses
• Dhāraṇā: Concentration
• Dhyāna: Meditation
• Samādhi: Spiritual absorption
Post classical period

The period between A.D. 800 – A.D. 1700 has been recognised
as the Post Classical period, wherein the teachings of
great Acāryatraya Adi Śaṅkaracārya, Rāmānujācārya,
Mādhavācharya were prominent during this period. The
-
teachings of Suradāsa, Tulasidāsa, Purandaradāsa and
Miˉrabāiˉ were prominent during this period. The Nātha
Yogis of Haṭha Yoga tradition like Matsyendranātha,
Gorakṣanātha, Caurangiṅātha, Svātmarāma Suri, Gheraṇḍa,
Śṛiˉnivāsa Bhaṭṭa are some of the great personalities who
popularised the Haṭha Yoga practices during this period.
This period is different from the first three since its focus
is more on the present. At this point, we see a proliferation
of literature as well as the practice of Yoga. A few centuries
after Patañjali, a number of Yoga masters created a system
of practices designed to rejuvenate the body and prolong life.
They embraced the concept of physical body as the means to
achieve enlightenment.
Yoga in modern period

The period between A.D. 1700 – 1900 is considered as
modern period. This was the time in which great legacy
of Yoga teachings was carried forward by prominent
Yoga personalities like Ramaṇa Maharṣi, Rāmakṛṣṇa
Paramahaṁsa, Paramahaṁsa Yogānanda, Swami
-
Vivekānanda, Swami Dayānanda Sarasvati and Sri
Aurobindo. Their philosophies, traditions, lineages and
Guru-śiṣya paramparā led to further the knowledge and
practices of different Traditional Schools of Yoga, e.g., Jñāna-
yoga, Bhakti-yoga, Karma-yoga, Rāja-yoga, Haṭha-yoga and
Integral-yoga, etc.
Yoga in contemporary period

Now in the contemporary times, everybody has conviction Swami Vivekananda
about Yoga practices towards the preservation, maintenance Source: http://veda.wdfiles.
and promotion of health. Yoga has spread all over the world by com/local-files/vivekananda/
the teachings of great personalities like Swami Shivananda, vivekananda_poster.jpg
Shri T. Krishnamacharya, Swami Kuvalayananda, Shri
YOGA 159
2022-23
9- -Yoga.indd 159 15-10-2020 11:20:21

Yogendara, Swami Rama, Maharshi Mahesh Yogi, Pattabhi
Jois, B.K.S. Iyengar, Swami Satyananda Sarasvati and
the like.
In the present scenario, Yoga has been accepted by the
world as a boon to prevent lifestyle diseases and for stress
management. Given the health problems being at the centre
stage of challenges faced by world population, Yoga is
considered mainly as a tool of physical and mental well-being.
Considering the importance and potential of Yoga in
health and well-being, the United Nations General Assembly
(UNGA) on 11 December 2014 approved the proposal of
the honorable Prime Minister of India, urging the world
community to adopt an International Day of Yoga. The 193
members of UNGA approved the proposal by consensus with
the record of 177 co-sponsoring countries, a resolution to
establish 21st June as International Day of Yoga. This is
the biggest recognition for Yoga by world community. On
December 1, 2016, UNESCO inscribed Yoga in its list of
intangible cultural heritages of humanity. Yoga Sadhana of
all hues and colours is considered panacea for a meaningful
life and living. Its orientation to a comprehensive health, both
an individual and social, makes it a worthy practice for the
people of all religions, races and nationalities.
Now-a-days, millions of people across the globe
irrespective of their age, gender, cost, religion and countries
have been benefitted by the practice of yoga which has been
preserved and promoted by the great eminent yoga masters
from ancient time to this date. Yoga has united the world and
brought the whole world under one umbrella to live in peace
and harmony.
TRADITIONAL SCHOOLS OF YOGA

The different philosophies, traditions, lineages and guru-
śiṣya paramparā of Yoga led to the emergence of different
traditional schools.
Jñāna Yoga
Jñāna means ‘knowledge’. Jñāna-yoga is the yoga of wisdom.
It shows the path of self-realisation through discerning
the real from the unreal and discrimination between right
and wrong. The three stages of Jñāna-yoga practices are
considered as śravaṇa, manana and nidhidhyāsana.
• Śravaṇa: listening or absorbing the instruction.
• Manana: reflection or contemplation involving reasoning
and arriving at intellectual convictions.
• Nidhidhyāsana: repeated meditation and implementation
of conviction or attaining to oneness with reality.
2022-23
9- -Yoga.indd 160 15-10-2020 11:20:21

Bhakti Yoga
Unconditional and intense love for God is Bhakti. Bhakti
Yoga is a Yoga of devotion. Bhakti Yoga may be defined as
the pathway of devotion to the realisation of personal God.
The nine primary forms of bhakti (Navadhā Bhakti) are —
(1) śravaṇa (‘listening’ to the scriptural stories of Kṛṣṇa and
-
his companions), (2) ki rtana (‘praising,’ usually refers to
ecstatic group singing), (3) smaraṇa (‘remembering’ or fixing
the mind on Viṣṇu), (4) pāda-sevana (rendering service),
(5) arcana (worshiping an image), (6) vandana (paying
homage), (7) dāsya (servitude), (8) sākhya (friendship),
and (9) ātma-nivedana (complete surrender of the self).
These nine principles of devotional service are described as
helping the devotee remain constantly in touch with God.
Bhakti softens the heart and removes jealousy, hatred, lust,
anger, egoism, pride and arrogance. It infuses joy, bliss,
peace and knowledge.
Karma Yoga
Karma means action. Karma Yoga is the path of selfless
action intended to overcome the desire which is the root
cause of all miseries or sufferings. It purifies the action
and emotions of the aspirant to act selflessly without the
thought of any personal gain rewards. By having this state
of mind —detaching from the fruit of action and surrender to
the God, one can learn to sublimate and overcome the ego.
The culmination of Karma Yoga lies in the devotee’s diligent
performance of his duty and offering the results thereof to
the God.
Pātañjala Yoga
The aim of Pātañjala Yoga (popularly called ‘Raja Yoga’) is to
attain citta-vṛtti-nirodha (cessation of mental modifications),
leading to kaivalya (self-realisation). It is the Yoga for mind
management and to realise the self by the process of dhayana
(Meditation). Yoga of Patanjali, popularly known as ‘Aṣṭāṅga-
Yoga’, aims at restraining mental modification to realise the
self. As explained earlier, these eight limbs include Yama,
Niyama, Āsana, Prāṇāyāma, Pratyāhāra, Dhāraṇā, Dhyāna
and Samādhi. Practice of Aṣṭāṅga Yoga develops both personal
and social dimensions of one’s personality.
Haṭha Yoga
Haṭha Yoga is the yoga of establishing balance between pairs
of opposite. The roots of Haṭha Yoga are traced in Tantra.
YOGA 161
2022-23
9- -Yoga.indd 161 15-10-2020 11:20:21

The word Haṭha is the combination of Ha
(sun) and Tha (moon) also represent the
-
Īda (left) and Piṅgala (right) Nāḍi s present
-
ANNAMAYA KOṢA
in our body. Nāḍi s are channels of energy
The Physical Body in the body. Piṅgala is known as the right
PRANAYAMA KOṢA
The Energy Body
channel and Idā is the left energy channel.
MANOMAYA KOṢA
Haṭha Yoga includes the yogic practice
Mind and Emotions of Ṣat-karma, Āsana, Prāṇāyāma, Mudrā,
VIJNANAMAYA KOṢA
The Wisdom Body
Pratyāhāra, Dhyāna, Samādhi, etc. The main
ANANDAMAYA KOṢA
objective of Haṭha-yoga is to have a healthy
The Bliss Body body and mind to accomplish the goal.
Depicting a gross body of human being showing FOUNDATIONS OF YOGA

layers of existence.
As per the insight of ancient texts, human
Source: http://eddy-gonzales.de/wp-content/uploads/
2018/09/kosha-aufbau.png body is made up of gross body (Sthūlaśariˉra),
subtle body (Sūkṣmaṣariˉra) and the casual
body (Kāraṇaśariˉra). Also there is a mention of five layers
(Pañcakoṣas) of existence in Taittiˉriˉya upaniṣad and these
are Annamaya (physical), Prāṇamaya (energy), Manomaya
(mental), Vijñānamaya (intellectual) and Ānandamaya
(blissful) Koṣa.
Annamaya makes the structural framework for Sthūla-
-
śari ra, whereas, Prāṇamaya, Manomaya and Vijñānamaya is
for Sūkṣma-śariˉra and Ānandamaya-koṣa for Kāraṇa-śariˉra.
Annamaya Koṣa or koṣa made of food or the food

body
This is the outermost superficial sheath (cover) and is
represented by our physical body made up of the five elements
and is constituted by the food that we eat. Kriyā, Āsana and
Prāṇāyāma helps in the strengthening of this sheath.
Prāṇāyāma Koṣa or the energy body

This is the pranic sheath which energises or invigorates all
the other sheaths. It is responsible for all the physiological
and mental functions. It is mapped onto the physical body
and extends slightly beyond the physical body. Our breath or
prāṇa is the bridge between the body and mind. Prāṇāyāma
practice strengthens the prāṇayamakoṣa.
Manomaya Koṣa or the mental body

This is the sheath of our thinking, feeling and emotions.
It is comprised of manas, ahaṁkāra and the lower buddhi.
Prāṇāyāma and Pratyāhāra (control over the senses) practices
cater to this koṣa.
2022-23
9- -Yoga.indd 162 15-10-2020 11:20:22

Vijñānamaya Koṣa or the wisdom, higher intellect
body
This is the region where refined or higher level thinking and
intuition starts happening. Meditation practices cater to this
sheath.
Ānandamaya Koṣa or the bliss body

This sheath is the closest to our self. Transcending the body,
mind and intellect leads to bliss. Meditation is the practice
for this sheath.
YOGA AND HOLISTIC HEALTH Reduces stress
When we discuss about health, it is not

merely the absence of diseases or illness at Enhances
Increases
the physical level but also psychological, positive
mindfulness
emotional, social and spiritual planes. worldview
Yoga believes in identifying the root cause
of a disease and its elimination at all levels.
For the holistic development of overall
Enhances the
health, Yoga works at several planes of sense of
Increases positive
human being: habits
connectedness
Physical
Āsanas primarily work at the physical level. Those
practices tone up the muscles, nerve fibres, enhances blood
circulation, promote the physiological functions and set the
internal environment of the body called homeostasis. The
Kriyā (cleansing techniques) vitalises the internal organs of
the body and restore their efficiency by eliminating the toxic
matter from the body. They establish equilibrium between
vāta (air), pitta (bile) and kapha (phlegm). To nourish the
physical body, a pure balanced wholesome diet with the
supplement of nutrients is required. Yogic diet nourishes
the body. Yogic food which is often discussed in the ancient
text is sātvika food. Yoga emphasises on mitāhāra, which is
related to the quality and quantity of food and also the state
of mind during the intake of food. Various āsana or yogic
postures also help in physical development.
Cognitive or Intellectual
Mental development is the growth and change in cognitive
processes such as attention, memory, thinking, perceiving
and imagination, reasoning and problem-solving. Practising
of Yoga including Āsanas, Prāṇāyāma and Yoga nidrā by
the students, has been found to improve their memory
YOGA 163
2022-23
9- -Yoga.indd 163 15-10-2020 11:20:23

significantly. Meditation plays a vital role in regulating the
speed of thoughts and attains the calm, quiet and relaxing
state of mind. Meditation is a key tool to calm down the mind
and hence becomes an important key for helping in managing
the stress.
Emotional
Emotions are an integral part of human life. Emotional
development can be considered in terms of control
and expression of emotion as well as management of
relationalships with oneself and others. There is always
a fight between our likes and dislikes, and positive and
negative emotions. Negative emotions are so vibrant in the
mind that seldom any positive thought gets sharpened up
in our psyche. Some Āsanas, Prāṇāyāma and relaxation
techniques are good tools for conditioning the autonomous
nervous system. These yogic practices have been found to
bring significant positive changes in the emotional states of
anxiety, stress, depression, regression, fatigue, guilt, and
arousal. Bhakti yoga (unconditional love) is the well accepted
method for culturing our emotions and get our mind directed
towards accepting the positive emotions.
Social
Due to isolation, an individual develops varieties of psychosocial
complications. Yamas and Niyamas can be important tools for
social development. During satsang, one comes near the Guru
and acquaints with positive mentors and companions for life.
Healthy social contacts, interpersonal relationships make life
enjoyable and free from physical and psychological strains.
Spiritual
Spiritual development takes place in the form of habits,
values and ethics, etc. Good habits and strong value system
inculcated right from the childhood will have lasting effects on
the personality of the child. For spiritual development, yama,
niyama, pratyāhāra and dhyāna (meditation) are helpful.
Yama and niyama help to develop our moral values while
prāṇāyāma and meditation help us to realise our true self.
Introspection is very effective for the development of ‘self’.
YOGA AND HUMAN VALUES

Values are the principles that an individual adopts in one’s
life which describe human behaviour. Values are the desirable
ideals and goals, which are intrinsic and when achieved, in
fact, evoke a deep sense of fulfilment.
2022-23
9- -Yoga.indd 164 15-10-2020 11:20:23

Values such as truth, non-violence, peace, love, honesty,
generosity and no greed are given highest importance in Yoga.
The erosion of human values becomes the primary cause for
corruption, terrorist activities, violence, unrest and various
complications in the society. Modern education is for bread
earning purpose and does not focus on the development of
spiritual, moral and ethical values. Indian culture is deeply
rooted in spiritual and ethical values; unless these values
find their way into the life of students, education will lose
its significance and will not fulfil its
aim. In order to progress in the spiritual
dimension, one has to adopt the following
values that go in line with Indian tradition
and heritage.
APPLICATION OF YOGA PRACTICES*

Yogic practices are mind centric and help
in good health and wellness. You have
learned the yogic practices in your earlier SURYA
classes. These practices are given here NAMASKAR
in brief.
Kriyā
These are detoxification procedures that
are clinical in nature and help to remove
the toxins accumulated in the body. For
example, Jala Neti, Sūtra Neti, Dhauti,
Trāṭaka and Agnisāra, etc.
Postures of Surya Namaskar
*All practices have already been discussed in the textbook prepared for
upper primary and secondary stages, titled Yoga: A Healthy Way of Yoga
of Living. Yoga related practices are also included in the textbook Health
and Physical Education for Classes IX–XII.
YOGA 165
2022-23
9- -Yoga.indd 165 16-10-2020 16:23:06

Sūrya Namaskāra
Sūrya means ‘sun’ and namaskāra means ‘salutation’
or ‘bowing down’. It consist of 12 postures. The regular
practice of sūrya namaskāra helps improve blood circulation
throughout the body and maintain health, and thereby helps
one to remain disease-free.
Āsana
We all know that āsanas are beneficial for our physical and
mental development. You have also learnt many āsanas in
the previous classes. Now, we will discuss some more āsanas
Standing Posture:
Trikoṇāsana
in this section.
Standing Posture
Pāda-hastāsana, Garuḍāsana, Trikoṇāsana and
Kaṭicakrāsana
Sitting Posture
Padmāsana, Vajrāsana, Svastikāsana, Pascimottānāsana,
Uṣṭrāsana, Ākarṇa Dhanurāsana, Vakrāsana, Supta
Vajrāsana, Gomukhāsana, Maṇḍūkāsana and
Uttānamaṇḍukāsana
Prone Posture
Sitting Posture:
Vajrāsana Bhujaṅgāsana, Śalabhāsana, and Dhanurāsana
Supine Posture
Setubandhāsana, Pavanamuktāsana, Sarvaṅgāsana,
Halāsana and Matsyāsana
Bandha and Mudrā

Prone Posture: These practices are associated with prāṇāyāma. These further
Bhujaṇgāsana facilitate the control over the mind. These include Uḍḍiˉyana
Bandha, Yoga Mudrā and Brahma Mudrā.
Prāṇāyāma
It helps in developing the awareness of vital basis of one’s mind
and helps to establish control over the mind. Different types
of Pranāyāma include Anuloma-viloma Prāṇāyāma, Bhastrikā
-
Prāṇāyāma, Śitali Prāṇāyāma and Bhrāmari Prāṇāyāma.
Supine Posture:
Pawanamuktāsana
2022-23
9- -Yoga.indd 166 15-10-2020 11:20:26

Dhāraṇā or Dhyāna
Five minutes on body awareness and five minutes breathe
awareness and practice of meditation lead towards self- Anulom-Viloma
realisation. By practicing of Dhyāna, one can take the mind Pranayama
away from all the negative things and helps to improve the
functioning of mental abilities.
Conclusion: Yoga practices have numerous benefits that
positively affect us physically and mentally. Yoga works as
follows:
Kriyās, Āsanas, Prāṇāyāma and Dhyāna
↓
Kapālabhāti Kriyā
Balance Endocrinal and Nervous control
↓
Increases Mind and Body Control
↓ ↓ ↓
Calm Relax Refresh
↓
Health and Harmony
Yoga is the perfect lifestyle as it is comprehensive

and holistic in nature. Yogic principles of lifestyle help to Uḍḍiyana Bandha
strengthen and develop positive health enabling us to
withstand stress better. This Yogic ‘health insurance’ has
been achieved by normalising the perception of stress,
optimising the reaction to it and releasing the pent-up stress
effectively through the practice of various Yogic practices.
Thus, Yoga is proving to be the most desirable complimentary
and traditional system of healthcare in the present scenario.
YOGA 167
2022-23
9- -Yoga.indd 167 15-10-2020 11:20:27

EXERCISES
Fill in the blanks
1. Asteya means____________.
2. Yoga is derived from the Sanskrit root word____________.
3. International Day of Yoga is being celebrated on____________.
4. Human body is made up of gross body,____________and causal
body.
5. Yamas are____________.
6. Niyamas are____________.
7. Jñāna Yoga is the Yoga of____________.
8. Meaning of Svādhyāya is____________.
9. Prāṇāyāma Koṣa is the bridge between _________ and ________.
10. Patañjali Yoga is also known as____________.
Answer in one word

1. Who is the author of Yoga Sūtra?
2. Write the meaning of word ‘Yuj’.
3. What is the aim of Yoga?
4. Write down the four names of traditional school of Yoga.
5. Write down two objectives of Yoga.
6. Write down the three names of śaṭkarma (cleansing) practices.
7. Write the names of vedas.
8. Write the three names of modern practitioners of Yoga.
Write short notes (100 words)

1. Describe Pañcakoṣa.
2. Write down the objectives of Yoga.
3. Discus the role of Yoga in holistic health.
4. Describe Yamas and Niyamas.
5. Write a short note on the history and development of Yoga.
6. Write a short note on the traditional school of Yoga.
7. Explain about the misconceptions of Yoga.
8. Describe Aṣṭāṅga Yoga.
9. Describe the stages of Jñāna Yoga.
10. Write down the nine primary forms of bhakti (Navadha Bhakti).
11. Write a short note on Haṭha Yoga.
Activities
1. Prepare a chart on Yogāsana.
2. Write a short biography on Maharṣi Patañjali.
3. Make a report on the modern Yogis who have contributed in
the development of Yoga.
2022-23
9- -Yoga.indd 168 15-10-2020 11:20:27

BIBLIOGRAPHY
BASAVARADDI, ISHWAR V. Ed. 2011. Yoga Teacher’s Manual for Yoga
Teachers. Morarji Desai National Institute of Yoga, New Delhi:
____ 2013. A Monograph on Yogasana. Morarji Desai National
Institute of Yoga, New Delhi.
COMMON YOGA PROTOCOL. International Day of Yoga 21st June.
Ministry of AYUSH, Government of India, New Delhi.
Certification of Yoga Professionals Official Guidebook ‘For Level I
(Instructor)’ QCI.
IYENGAR, B.K.S. 1966. Light on Yoga: Ramamani Iyengar Memorial
Yoga Institute (RIMYI).
KUVALYANAND, SWAMI. 1993. Asana: Kaivalyadhama Yoga Institute
and Research Centre, Lonavala.
NAGENDRA, H. R. 2004. Yoga Its Basis and Applications, Swami
Vivekananda Yoga Prakashana, Bangalore.
NCERT. 2015. Yoga: A Healthy Way of Living (Hindi, English and
Urdu) for Upper primary stage, New Delhi.
____ 2015. Yoga: A Healthy Way of Living (Hindi, English and
Urdu) for Secondary stage, New Delhi.
____ 2016. Health and Physical Education — A Teacher’s Guide for
Class IX, New Delhi.
Class VI, New Delhi.
Class VII, New Delhi.
RAMADEV, SWAMI. Yog Its philosophy and practice, Divya Prakashan,
Haridwar.
SARASWATI, SWAMI SATYANANDA. 1969. Asana Pranayama Mudra
Bandha: Bihar School of Yoga.
TIWARI, O. P. 2005. Asana Why and How, Kaivalyadham Yoga
Institute and Research centre, Lonavala.
YOGENDRA. 2000. Yogasanas Simplified, The Yoga Institute,
Santacruz, Mumbai.
WEBSITES
https://www.yogajournal.com/
https://www.yogatoday.com/
https://www.yogitimes.com/
YOGA 169
2022-23
9- -Yoga.indd 169 15-10-2020 11:20:27

NOTES
2022-23
9- -Yoga.indd 170 15-10-2020 11:20:27

Art Culture Introducing To Indian Art Part 2

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Art Culture Introducing To Indian Art Part 2

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Art Culture Introducing To Indian Art Part 2

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Knowledge Traditions

and Practices of India

TEXTBOOK FOR CLASS XI

Prelims.indd 1 15-10-2020 12:17:01

OFFICES OF THE PUBLICATION

Published at the Publication Division Chief Business : Vipin Dewan

Prelims.indd 2 16-10-2020 16:04:23

Prelims.indd 3 15-10-2020 12:17:01

Prelims.indd 4 15-10-2020 12:17:01

India has a rich variegated history and an extraordinarily complex cultural

Prelims.indd 5 15-10-2020 12:17:01

Prelims.indd 6 15-10-2020 12:17:01

Prelims.indd 7 15-10-2020 12:17:01

Prelims.indd 8 15-10-2020 12:17:01

Prelims.indd 9 15-10-2020 12:17:01

The National Council of Educational Research and Training is grateful to Kapil

Prelims.indd 10 15-10-2020 12:17:01

Prelims.indd 11 15-10-2020 12:17:01

Prelims.indd 12 15-10-2020 12:17:01

Chapter 2 — Indian Philosophical Systems 19

Chapter 3 — Performing Art Traditions in India 37

Chapter 4 — Indian Art and Architecture 61

Chapter 5 — Astronomy in India 79

Chapter 6 — Mathematics in India 99

Chapter 7 — Introducing Ayurveda: the Science of 117

Chapter 8 — Chemistry and Metallurgy in India 137

Chapter 9 — Yoga 155

Prelims.indd 13 15-10-2020 12:17:01

Prelims.indd 14 15-10-2020 12:17:02

1. Kavaad Banchana: is a traditional form of oral storytelling, Kavaad

1-Language and Literature of India.indd 1 15-10-2020 12:33:54

The creation of human experiences, thoughts, feelings

LANGUAGE PROMOTES CO-EXISTENCE

2 KNOWLEDGE TRADITIONS AND PRACTICES OF INDIA — CLASS XI

1-Language and Literature of India.indd 2 16-10-2020 16:24:39

LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE OF INDIA 3

1-Language and Literature of India.indd 3 15-10-2020 12:33:59

INDIA’S LANGUAGE DIVERSITY

4 KNOWLEDGE TRADITIONS AND PRACTICES OF INDIA — CLASS XI

1-Language and Literature of India.indd 4 15-10-2020 12:33:59

LITERATURE AND CULTURAL EXPRESSION

LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE OF INDIA 5

1-Language and Literature of India.indd 5 15-10-2020 12:34:00

My love is a two-faced thief. And then, she sheds the petals

Translated by A.K. Ramanujan

6 KNOWLEDGE TRADITIONS AND PRACTICES OF INDIA — CLASS XI

1-Language and Literature of India.indd 6 15-10-2020 12:34:00

LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE OF INDIA 7

1-Language and Literature of India.indd 7 15-10-2020 12:34:00

Post Vedic age

From the Ṛgveda

From Taittiriˉya Upaniṣad

्ेदम् अनचू य आचाय्य: अनते्ािसनम् अनश ु ािसत

8 KNOWLEDGE TRADITIONS AND PRACTICES OF INDIA — CLASS XI

1-Language and Literature of India.indd 8 15-10-2020 12:34:01

From Raghuvaṁśam by Kalidas

Prākṛt, Pāliˉ and Apabhraṁsa

Ancient Tamil Literature

LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE OF INDIA 9